Himalayan Glacier Adventure and Travel Company

Username or E-Mail

Forget Password?

Do not have an account?

After creating an account, you'll be able to track your payment status, track the confirmation and you can also rate the tour after you finished the tour.

Already a member?

  • Trekking and Hiking
  • Climbing and Expedition
  • Cultural and Historical Tours
  • Nature and Wildlife
  • Religious and Spiritual Tours
  • Cycling and Mountain Biking
  • Multiple Activities
  • Adventure Sports
  • Voluntourism
  • ACTIVE ADVENTURES
  • EXTREME ADVENTURES
  • LUXURY TOUR
  • Family Holiday
  • MULTIPLE COUNTRY
  • SCHOOL TRAVEL
  • ECO FRIENDLY
  • Why Himalayan Glacier?
  • Awards and Recognitions
  • Latest Trip Review
  • Travel Blog

Himalayan Glacier Logo

  • TREKKING AND HIKING
  • CLIMBING AND EXPEDITION
  • CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL TOURS
  • NATURE AND WILDLIFE
  • RELIGIOUS AND SPIRITUAL TOURS
  • CYCLING AND MOUNTAIN BIKING
  • MULTIPLE ACTIVITIES
  • ADVENTURE SPORTS
  • VOLUNTOURISM
  • Nepal Travel Guide
  • Nepal Travel FAQs
  • Tibet Travel Guide
  • Tibet Travel FAQs
  • Bhutan Travel Guide
  • Bhutan Travel FAQs
  • India Travel Guide
  • India Travel FAQs
  • Tanzania Travel Guide
  • Tanzania Travel FAQs
  • Multiple Country

USA & Canada

+1-410-307-0007

  • Plan Your Trip

Everest Base Camp Trek  - 16 Days

Feefo logo

Adding item to wishlist requires an account

Already a member.

Username or E-mail

Don't have an account? Create one.

Embark on an unforgettable adventure with the Everest Base Camp Trek, a 16-day Himalayan journey that offers breathtaking mountain views and insights into Sherpa culture. Our journey begins with a thrilling flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, a small town in the Khumbu region that serves as the gateway to the Everest region.

From Lukla, we’ll trek through stunning Sagarmatha National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and arrive at Namche Bazaar, a bustling Sherpa village located at an altitude of 3,440 meters. We’ll spend a night or two in Namche Bazaar , exploring the local markets and monasteries while acclimating ourselves to the high altitude.

After Namche Bazaar, we’ll continue our trek to Tengboche monastery , one of the most important Buddhist monasteries in the region, with breathtaking views of Everest and other peaks. Along the way, we’ll immerse ourselves in Sherpa culture and enjoy the breathtaking views of the Himalayas.

From Tengboche, we’ll trek to the base camp of Mount Everest, following in the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay on their historic journey in 1953. We’ll also trek to the summit of Kala Patthar for breathtaking panoramic views of Everest and other Himalayan peaks.

This high altitude trekking experience is not for the faint of heart, but with proper preparation and an expert Sherpa guide, you’ll be able to complete this incredible journey. The Everest Base Camp Trek is an adventure of a lifetime, perfect for those seeking outdoor activities and adventure travel. Join us on this epic journey and experience the wonder of the Himalayas, from the Sherpa culture to the awe-inspiring beauty of Mount Everest.

overlay

  • Scenic Flight: A thrilling flight with scenic views from Kathmandu to Lukla.
  • Panoramic Views: Savor the panoramic views of the Himalayas including Everest from Kala Patthar.
  • Sherpa Culture: Immerse yourself in Sherpa culture, by visiting traditional villages like Namche Bazaar, Khumjung, and Tengboche.
  • Teahouses and Cuisine: Stay in local teahouses, enjoying authentic Nepali and Sherpa cuisine.
  • Kala Patthar: Hike to Kala Patthar, offering breathtaking panoramic views of Everest, especially during sunrise or sunset.
  • Scenic Landscapes: Traverse a variety of landscapes, from lush forests to rhododendron groves, and suspension bridges.
  • Everest Base Camp: Stand at the foot of the world’s highest mountain and feel the awe-inspiring energy.

Is the Everest Base Camp trek appropriate for me?

Our 16-day Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary is designed for beginner trekkers who are in good health and have average physical fitness. It covers ample distance between daily itineraries, includes a steady gain in altitude, and incorporates separate rest days to ensure proper acclimatization. By walking at a steady pace with proper acclimatization, you can help avoid altitude sickness and fully enjoy the breathtaking views on this trek.

But if you’re up for an even bigger challenge, Himalayan Glacier offers the Everest Base Camp Trek via Gokyo Lakes – 18 Days. And for experienced trekkers with limited time, our Everest Base Camp Short Trek – 14 Days is the perfect option. No matter which itinerary you choose, you’re sure to have an unforgettable adventure in the majestic Himalayas.

Premium Package

Lasts more than a week and with up to 12 days walking 6-8 hours each day up and down the hills. These take you up to an altitude of 4,500m / 14,800 feet and require at least 3 months’ fitness preparation prior to the trek.

Overnight sleeping at Everest Base Camp?

Outline itinerary, trip itinerary, arrival in kathmandu.

After landing at the Tribhuwan International Airport, we will be greeted by a representative of Himalayan Glacier who will drop us off at our hotel. We then check-in at the hotel, freshen up and take a rest. In the evening a welcome dinner will be hosted by Himalayan Glacier. Overnight in Kathmandu.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/yatri-suitesand-spa-room.jpg

Maximum Altitude

Accommodation, kathmandu: sightseeing and trek preparation.

We tour Durbar Square, Pashupatinath temple, Swayambhunath stupa and Bouddhanath stupa which are all world heritage sites. The Durbar Square sheds light on the life of the royals in ancient times. Pashupatinath temple is one of the most important places of pilgrimage for all Hindus. Swayambhunath is also known as the Monkey Temple and Bouddhanath Stupa is one of the largest stupas in the world. At noon, we are introduced to our fellow participants and discuss our trip at Himalayan Glacier’s office. Overnight in Kathmandu.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/boudhanath-1.jpg

Fly to Lukla, trek to Phakding

We take an early morning flight to Lukla which is where all Everest treks begin. We meet the rest of our team in Lukla and start trekking from there. We walk on a trail that gradually descends to Cheplung village from where we get a glimpse of Mt. Khumbila, a sacred mountain which has never been climbed. From here, we gradually descend until Phakding. Overnight in Phakding.

Travel Distance:

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/on-the-way-to-phakding-1.jpg

Phakding to Namche Bazaar

Our trail passes through a pine forest and we continue our walk on the trail that goes north up the Benkar valley. We cross Dudh Koshi River and pass Chumoa and Monjo villages before reaching the entrance of the Everest National Park. Then after crossing a suspension bridge, we pass Jorsale village and walk alongside of the Dudh Koshi and Bhote Koshi rivers. We ascend on a steep trail and reach Namche Bazaar which is probably the biggest town in the Everest region. Overnight in Namche Bazaar.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/namche-bazaar-1.jpg

Acclimatization Day - Namche Bazaar

We can tour Namche Bazaar which is the primary town of the Everest or Khumbu region and has government offices, ATMs, internet cafes, shops, restaurants, and a colorful market. We can hike-up to Sagarmatha National Park and enjoy the sunrise over the Himalayas including Mt. Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Ama Dablam, Thamserku, Kongde and so on. If we are interested in a day hike, we can trek to Khumjung village. Today we also visit the Hillary School and a monastery which houses a yeti scalp!  Overnight in Namche Bazaar.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Mt.-Thamserku-view-from-Namche-2.jpg

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

The trek until PhunkiThanga is an easy walk. From here we ascend towards Tengboche village which houses the very famous Tengboche monastery which is the biggest monastery of the Everest region. It is located within the Sagarmatha National Park which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The monastery is blessed with panoramic views of the Himalayas, including Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam and Thamserku. The Tengboche Monastery opens at 3:00pm, so if we reach there by 3 o’clock we can observe a Buddhist religious ceremony. Overnight in Tengboche.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/tengboche-monastery-3.jpg

Tengboche to Dingboche

Our trail descends and passes through lush forests of birch, confer and rhododendron trees. While trekking we can admire good views of Mt. Everest, Lhotse, and Ama Dablam. We walk downhill to Debuche and cross the Imja River to reach Pangboche. We continue our walk to the Imja Valley and Lobuche River before ascending to Dingboche. It is a picturesque village with beautiful barley, potato and buckwheat fields complete with grazing animals dotted along those fields.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/mountain-view-from-dinboche.jpg

Dingboche: Acclimatization

Spending a day in Dingboche will help us to acclimate to the high altitude. Instead of staying idle, we climb a ridge located behind the village and see six of the world’s tallest peaks including Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu. Furthermore, we can also admire Cholatse and Taboche peaks. On our north-west we see more Himalayan peaks rising above the Khumbu Khola Valley. Among those peaks, Lobuche West, Lobuche East and Lhotse are the most dominant. From another location on the ridge we can also admire the picturesque Imja Khola Valley and the beautiful Dingboche village. Overnight at Dingboche.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/stupa-at-dinboche.jpg

Dingboche to Duglha

It is a relatively short journey from Dinboche to Duglha. We trek across a wide pass which is a much wanted change from walking in a straight line.  Around the beginning of our trek today we enjoy the company of the mighty Himalayas on all sides. The valley begins to narrow as we come closer to Dusa. We pass the campsite of the first successful Everest Expedition in 1953. We begin to see Mt. Pumori as we continue on our trail. As our trail descends and curves, we bid goodbye to Mt. Pumori. We cross a stream and ascend to Duglha which is a tiny village with a huge strand of prayer flags hung across the valley. After reaching Duglha, we can walk for 45 minutes to an hour and visit the Memorial Shrine. Overnight in Duglha.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/dingboche-to-duglha-1.jpg

Duglha to Lobuche

The trail passes through boulder-strewn slopes as we ascend Chupki Lhara which is a ridge that provides spectacular mountain views. The top of the ridge is filled with prayer flags and stones which are memorial shrines for climbers who lost their lives on Mt. Everest. As the trail drops to the Khumbu Glacier moraine, we find ourselves facing several great peaks including Khumbutse, Lingtren, Pumori and Mahalangur Himal. As we are crossing Khumbu Glacier we can also see Mt. Nuptse. Overnight in Lobuche.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/everest-trail-2.jpg

Lobuche to Gorak Shep, visit Everest Base Camp

This day we ascend and descend mostly on a glacier path. There is also a lot of meandering on rough terrains. As we reach the base camp, we enjoy the incredible melt patterns and admire the gently rounded ice towers on the upper part of the Khumbu glacier. The Everest Base Camp is stunningly beautiful. We can enjoy amazing views of Nuptse, Khumbuste, Lingtren and Pumori mountains from the base camp. After soaking in the beauty, we walk back towards Gorak Shep where we spend the night. Overnight in Gorak Shep.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/gorakshep.jpg

Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar to Pheriche

We wake up early for the walk up to Kala Patthar. It is dark outside with cold temperature and most likely chilly winds. We walk on a fairly steep trail at a comfortable pace. As we are climbing up the hill we can see Lingtren, Khumbutse, and Changtse mountains. The view from the summit is outstanding. We can see the world’s tallest mountain Everest along other mighty Himalayan peaks. After spending some time at the summit of Kala Patthar, we walk back to Gorak Shep which is relatively easier than hiking up to Kala Pathhar.

After returning to Gorak Shep, we will have breakfast and then descend to Pheriche to spend the night. Overnight in Pheriche.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/02/everest-base-camp-trek.jpg

Pheriche to Namche Bazaar

We lose approximately 2,000 feet in elevation today and walk on a trail with a lot of ups and downs. We descend through a hillside filled with rhododendron and juniper trees and cross a bridge over the Dudh Koshi River. We descend rapidly through pine forest where we can easily spot mountains goats, pheasants and other wild animals and birds common to the area. The path eventually reaches Sansa from where we can enjoy views of Ama Dablam, Thamserku and Nuptse mountains. We walk on winding trails followed by another walk through a forest before reaching Namche Bazaar. Overnight in Namche Bazaar.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/night-view-of-namche-bazaar.jpg

Namche Bazaar to Lukla

We begin our trek to Namche Bazaar today on a rocky terrain.  It is mostly a downhill trek on a trail alongside the Dudh Koshi River. We cross several suspension bridges, pass by several monasteries and villages before reaching Lukla. After reaching Lukla we spend rest of the day taking rest as today will be our last day on the mountains. Overnight in Lukla.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/lukla-airport.jpg

Fly to Kathmandu

We catch an early morning flight to Kathmandu after our long mountain journey. After reaching Kathmandu, we can take a rest or do some souvenir shopping. If we want to explore any other areas of Kathmandu, we may do that today. Our guides can help you with both souvenir shopping or sightseeing. There will be a farewell dinner in the evening to celebrate the successful completion of our journey. Overnight in Kathmandu.

https://www.himalayanglacier.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/ship-restaurant.jpg

Final departure

Our journey in Nepal comes to an end today! A Himalayan Glacier representative will drop us off at the airport approximately 3 hours before our scheduled departure flight. If you wish to extend your stay in Nepal for some other adventure activities or visit the neighboring countries like Bhutan, India or Tibet, then Himalayan Glacier will assist you with all the formalities!

Not satisfied with this itinerary?

Are you interested in planning a Custom Trip now? It takes only 2 minutes!

Group Adventures:

Embark on thrilling adventures alongside like-minded individuals and forge lifelong friendships amidst breathtaking landscapes.

What You Can Expect:

  • Small groups of up to 14 people for an intimate experience
  • Hassle-free booking confirmation for peace of mind
  • Guaranteed departure ensuring your adventure goes ahead as planned
  • Comprehensive full-board services, leaving you free to focus on the adventure

Private & Personalized Adventures:

Tailor your own adventure for solo exploration, family bonding, or group escapades, offering unmatched flexibility.

  • Travel solo, with family, or with friends according to your preference
  • Choose your preferred dates and times for ultimate convenience
  • Customize existing itineraries to suit your unique interests and desires
  • Our experienced travel consultants are at your service to design your dream adventure
  • Upgrade your accommodation and services for an extra touch of luxury

Let us assist you in planning your itinerary based on your interests and requirements. Plan your trip with us today for a personalized quote.

Significant Information: The unpredictable weather conditions in the Everest region may lead to cancellation of Lukla flights. So, what do you do if your flight is cancelled at the last minute? We have several alternative options for Lukla flight cancellations for you, in case you have limited time in Nepal. Make sure that you are well-informed about this critical issue well ahead of time!

  • Local Guide & Support Staffs
  • Meals in the Mountain
  • Guaranteed Departures
  • No Booking Fee

Everest Base Camp Trek Tips

  • 14 Tips for Successful Trek to The Everest Base Camp
  • Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List
  • Everest Base Camp vs Mount Kilimanjaro

For Your Information, International flights aren’t included.  Rooms are usually shared by two people unless you request a private room. Also, you can upgrade to better hotels in the mountain and even in the cities. For your customized services, please specify during the booking process or contact our Destination & Products Specialist.

Food on Everest Base Camp Trek

All meals will be provided during trekking while only breakfast will be available in Kathmandu. There will also be welcome and farewell dinners for guests. While on trek, we have breakfast and dinner in the lodges/teahouses we spend the night and lunch on our way to the next destination. Nepalese, Tibetan, the more common continental and Indian cuisines are common choices in the menu.

To get an idea about your meals on the go, breakfast comprises a hot beverage, toasts, pancakes, eggs, etc. while lunch will include rice items, noodles, potato varieties, pizza, pasta, burger, meat items, and so on. The starters in dinnertime are soup varieties while the main course includes more or less similar items as that of lunch menu, including a dessert item and a hot beverage. A detailed information about the food on the everest base camp trek  gives you a clearer picture of your dietary provisions.

Note: Trekkers who strictly follow vegetarian or vegan diet must inform us during the time of booking their trip with us. We recommend you to avoid any alcoholic beverages during the trip. Also, we advise you to avoid meat items because meat has to be carried all the way from Lukla or Namche for several days before it is consumed. So, there is more possibility of staleness, just enough to upset your tummy!

Accommodation During Everest Base Camp Trek

We will be accommodated in   Yatri Suites & Spa or Similar in Kathmandu; and lodges during the trek. All accommodations are on twin-shared basis. Single supplement will be served on request with an extra cost.

Himalayan Glacier will arrange rooms with attached washrooms; however, lodges in some places only have shared washing and toilet facilities. Also note that single rooms are readily available in Kathmandu and the trekking regions at lower elevation but it might be difficult to find them at higher elevations. The types and standards of accommodation during the everest base camp trek  varies at different locations.

Experience Required

Everest Base Camp Trek- 16 days is a moderate trek. Travelers who can walk up to 6-7 hours a day on an uphill and downhill trail will find this trek fulfilling. It is best that we prepare ourselves for the Everest trek by jogging and exercising regularly at least a month prior to the start of the trek. Trekking to the Everest Base Camp should be relatively easier for those who have experience walking/trekking in a high altitude environment. Past hiking experience would be an asset but no technical skill is required for this trip. It is also important that we consult our doctor. Participants with pre-existing medical conditions such as heart, lung, and blood diseases should inform Himalayan Glacier before booking the trek.

Acclimatization

Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary is planned with a high degree of awareness of Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS). Experts agree that gaining elevation without proper consideration of AMS could be fatal. The higher the altitude, the less oxygen will be in the air. Therefore, our body needs time to adapt to an environment with less oxygen. During this trip, we take rest in Namche Bazaar and Dingboche which will help us acclimatize to the high altitude thus resulting in a successful trip.

Team Composition

For this trek there will be one leader, assistant leader ( 4 trekkers: 1 assistant guide ) and Sherpa porters for carrying luggage ( 2 trekkers: 1 porter ). This arrangement ensures that should anybody in the group get sick, the trip can still go ahead as planned. We can run the trek for groups of any size but we after years of experience we have found a maximum of twelve people to be the optimum size for a successful trip. However, if you'd like to book this trip for a larger group then that can be arranged too.

DATES & PRICES

All our published dates are guaranteed departures. If the dates don’t match with your travel plans, we are more than happy to create your desired date. Let us know what kind of trip you are looking for and our travel experts will help plan your tailor-made trips in your dream destination.

Availability

September 2024, october 2024, november 2024, october 2025, november 2025, proceed booking, or continue as guest.

everest base camp packing list - duffel bag

What to pack on the Everest base camp trek?

Everest base camp trek is a lodge-to-lodge trek. It is also known as a teahouse trek. It means that you will not be required to sleep in camping tents and most of the facilities like laundry, food, etc. are easily available throughout the trek. However, you need to carry some of the most essential items that you will personally require during the trek. As Everest base camp trek is considered quite challenging, we recommend packing only the necessary gears and required equipment. Make sure that you don’t over-pack, and at the same time don’t under-pack.

In order to enjoy the trip rather than worry about the weight of your load, you need to pack light only with the essentials. Read the complete Everest base camp trek packing list and pack smart and light for a more comfortable and a fulfilling trip to the base camp.

Q1 : How hard is it to climb to Everest Base Camp?

Q2 : what is the best time to trek to everest base camp, q3 : who are my guides to everest base camp trek, q4 : is my trip departure guaranteed, q5 : what if i cancel the trip, do i get my refund, q6 : what kinds of clothes and gears are needed to trek everest base camp, q7 : is there an age limit for everest base camp trekking, route map of everest base camp trek.

WHAT OTHER TRAVELERS SAYS?

Related trips.

client enjoying at rainbow-mountain-peru

Hike to Machu Picchu and Rainbow Mountain

Traveler enjoying view of Machu Picchu

Salkantay Trek and Inca Trail Hike

hiking to machu picchu featured

Hiking the Inca Trail to Machu Picchu

Everest base camp trek - 16 days, why himalayan glacier, 98% success rate.

Precise planning with first-hand knowledge defining our high success rate

Local Leaders & Guides

Exclusively trained, trusted and tested local leaders and guides at your service

Tailor Made Trip

Tailor-make any trip hassle-free based on what you’re looking for

Recommended on

trips to everest base camp

Planning a Trip?

We have a pool of travel experts working in this industry for more than a decade. Consult to get started.

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Bradley Mayhew

Jun 20, 2023 • 9 min read

trips to everest base camp

From permits to teahouses, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp Mint Images / Getty Images

Top of many people's travel bucket lists, the trek to Everest Base Camp is often the first thing people think about when they start dreaming of a trip to Nepal . 

The walk takes trekkers past Sherpa villages and Tibetan-style monasteries, right up into the heart of the high Himalaya, into a breathtaking world (literally) of iconic glaciers, lakes and the tallest peaks on earth. It's probably the world's most famous trek.

But what is it actually like to trek to Base Camp? Is it something within your capabilities or budget? What should you bring? And, most importantly, can you get a proper coffee en route? 

I just returned from trekking to Everest Base Camp for Lonely Planet's Nepal guide . Here’s what I think you need to know.

A couple with trekking poles and backpacks follow a trail through the mountains

What's so great about the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek anyway?

Firstly, the mountain scenery surrounding the world's highest peak is truly spectacular. The sublime views of Ama Dablam, Pumori, Nuptse and Thamserku peaks are unbeatable and constantly change as you progress along the walk. The Sherpa villages and monasteries are fascinating places to visit and the lodges (called teahouses) are the best in the world. 

The knowledge that you are walking in the expedition footsteps of Hillary, Tenzing, Messner and others is a thrill. Anyone who has read Into Thin Air will be moved by the memorial stupas of Rob Hall, Scott Fischer and others who have lost their lives on the mountain. And then there's the fact that you will have reached the base of the world's highest peak; whether you call it Chomolongma (Tibetan), Sagarmatha (Nepali) or Everest, it’s a rush all the same.

And what’s not so great about the Everest Base Camp trek?

Well, if you force us to play devil's advocate… EBC is one of the busiest trails in Nepal. In the high season months of October and November you'll be walking with thousands of other trekkers, competing with them to get a bed, a lunch order or an airplane seat. There will be lines at checkpoints and even at moments on the trail itself. In bad weather you might be stranded at Lukla airport with hundreds of other trekkers, all trying to get on the first flight out. It's not quite the Zen-like wilderness experience you may have been imagining.

Bear in mind also that even after a solid week of walking, your view of Everest will be partial at best (for infinitely more dramatic Everest views visit the northern Everest Base Camp in Tibet ). If you trek outside of May's expedition weather window you won’t actually find much to see at Base Camp beyond a boulder hastily spray-painted with "Everest Base Camp".

If this has put you off, don’t worry; there are dozens of other fantastic treks in Nepal .

Crowds gather outside traditional teahouses (lodgings) on the trail to Everest Base Camp with colorful flags fluttering in the breeze

How long does it take to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The walk from the airport at Lukla to Everest Base Camp and back takes a minimum of 15 days. Several of the days are surprisingly short, but this is because you have to figure in time to acclimatize to the high altitudes.

If you can, it's definitely worth adding on a couple of extra days to this basic itinerary. Some of the most dramatic (and least visited) views are from detours off the main trail. I always add two days to visit Thame, two days to visit Chhukung and, if possible, three or four days to visit the lakes of the Gokyo Valley – probably the most beautiful scenery in the Everest region.

Be sure to also budget an extra day or two as a transport buffer. Weather-related flight delays in and out of Lukla are not uncommon (I had to wait six days for a flight to Lukla on my recent trip) so you need some buffer time if heading back for an international flight home.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

In terms of physical effort, the EBC trek itself is not especially tough. There are only a couple of steep climbs, lasting about an hour each, and most days involve less than four hours of walking.

The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases. Combine this with the cold, the discomfort of being at altitude and the compounded tiredness from walking for two weeks straight, and you can see why the whole trek experience is definitely a physical challenge.

While you don't need to be an athlete to walk to EBC it is still a good idea to start a fitness regime in the weeks leading up to your trek. You'll enjoy the walk so much more if you are in decent shape.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

October and November bring the best weather and the clearest skies but these are also the most popular months. The second most popular season is April to early May, when spring blooms and expedition traffic bring extra interest to the trail. To avoid the crowds but still enjoy clear views, pack an extra thermal layer and come in December or March.

A female trekker stands on a high point looking down towards a mountain settlement

What can I do to avoid altitude sickness?

The majority of people who fail to reach Base Camp do so because they failed to acclimatize properly to the altitude. It's essential not to gain altitude too quickly by following the recommended overnight stops and limiting your daily altitude gain to a maximum of 400m (1312ft) when above 3000m (9843ft).

Be sure to add in acclimatization days at both Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, during which it's a good idea to hike to higher altitudes during the day, returning to sleep lower at night.

What are the teahouses like?

At lower altitudes the Everest lodges are the most comfortable in Nepal. Private rooms are the norm, many of which have private bathrooms. Showers are available at most places, though the hot water supply can be patchy. All have cozy dining rooms with tables arranged around a central dung-fueled stove. There are even a few luxury lodges along the trail.

In budget lodges, or when you get above Dingboche, things get simpler, with rooms offering little more than a collection of plywood walls, a solar light and a foam mattress. Toilets are a mixture of seats and squatters; sometimes outdoors, always freezing. A blanket is normally supplied but be sure to bring a four-season sleeping bag rated to well below 0°C (32°F).

What's the food like?

Menus in teahouses range from pasta and pizza to spring rolls, fried potatoes and soups, though the most popular meal is a daal bhaat , a set Nepali meal of rice, lentil soup and fried vegetables, normally served with a papad and pickle, and with a refill included. It's the most filling and environmentally sustainable meal you can order.

In villages such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche you will also find bakery-cafes serving espresso and slices of delicious apple pie, plus shops selling everything from Snickers bars to bottles of beer. This is one trek where you might actually gain weight!

Can I get wi-fi or phone coverage?

Most lodges offer wi-fi, either free of charge or for a few dollars per day (at higher elevations). Above Namche Bazaar you will likely have to buy a scratch card, giving you unlimited data for twelve hours (AirCell) or a specific amount of data over a month (Everestlink). Depending on your network provider you'll likely get data and a phone signal at lower elevations, and possibly even at Everest Base Camp, but not at other high altitudes. So yes, in theory, you can Skype all your friends from Base Camp!

What should I bring?

Warm clothes are a must, and you should pack thermal underwear, a down jacket and fleece hat. Comfortable hiking boots and good, padded socks are also essential. Sun block, a sun hat with a brim and good sunglasses are important against the strong high-altitude light. 

Morale-boosting snacks like chocolate and salami are always helpful, as is a book and smartphone with mapping software like Maps.me. Bring water purification of some sort. If you forget something, don’t worry, you can buy almost anything you might want in Namche Bazaar these days (from ice axes to cans of Pringles), though at prices higher than in Kathmandu .

A person, carrying a large loaded basket on their back, heads up a mountain trail with huge snow-covered peaks in the distance

Do I need a porter and guide?

In terms of finding your way you don't need a guide if you are an experienced walker, as the route is clearly marked and well-trod. A guide can be useful for smoothing your way at teahouses, making sure you get your food on time and helping you pay your bill. It's important not to trek alone, so solo trekkers should find a companion or take a guide or porter.

A porter will carry a bag of around 15kg, freeing you up to pack a few extra chocolate bars and enjoy the walk with little more than a day pack. Not having the strain of carrying a full pack is worth its weight in gold for anyone over the age of 50. Trust me.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

For a room in a lodge and three meals a day, figure on US$20–25 per person per day, a bit more if you want a room with a private bathroom and the occasional slice of apple pie. Add on another US$5 every time you want a shower. Figure on an additional US$20 per day for a porter, and US$25–30 for a guide, and budget 10–15% of that fee for an end-of-trip tip.

You'll pay a bit more to have a Kathmandu-based trekking company arrange your entire trek, and a lot more for the convenience and backup of an international trekking tour.

Do I need any permits?

You will need to buy an Everest region permit (US$20) at Lukla, as well as a Sagarmatha National Park entry ticket (US$30) at Monjo. Currently that's all you need.

How can I trek more sustainably?

With 60,000 trekkers and guides headed to the Everest region, it’s important to minimize your impact on the region. Firstly, don't buy bottled water on the trek, as the bottles are nonrecyclable and are a huge problem throughout the region. Bring a system of water purification, like a Lifestraw or Sawyer filter, a Steripen or chemical purification.

Secondly, carry all your trash out (especially batteries), and sign up for the Carry Me Back program, whereby you carry a 1kg bag of trash from Namche Bazaar to Lukla, for it to be recycled in Kathmandu.

Finally, be polite to the Sherpas and porters you meet en route, as well as your fellow trekkers. Walk clockwise around stupas and be respectful at monasteries and shrines.

How do I get to Lukla to start the trek?

Flights run multiple times daily between Kathmandu and Lukla, taking around 30 minutes. During high season however you may have to drive five hours from Kathmandu to Ramechhap airport to catch your Lukla flight there.

It's also possible to fly or drive to Phaplu and walk two days to Lukla from there, or walk from Shivalaya to Lukla in seven days as an excellent pre-trek warm-up.

This article was first published Jan 14, 2013 and updated Jun 20, 2023.

Explore related stories

trips to everest base camp

Jul 3, 2024 • 11 min read

From epic scenery to finding friends along the trail, here is our pick if the world's best treks.

trips to everest base camp

Jun 3, 2024 • 8 min read

trips to everest base camp

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

Trans Bhutan Trail

Jul 13, 2022 • 8 min read

The terraced gardens of Grand Hotel Villa Serbelloni above Bellagio, seen on a seaplane flight over Lake Como

Jan 31, 2022 • 6 min read

Stunning view of the Himalaya mountains (Cholatse and Taboche to the left), Ngozumpa glacier, and Gokyo lakes (the world's highest freshwater lakes, sacred for both Hindus and Buddhists), as seen on top of Gokyo Ri (5,357 m), near the village of Gokyo, in Sagarmatha National Park, UNESCO World Heritage Site in Khumbu region, Solukhumbu district, eastern Nepal, Asia.

Jan 28, 2021 • 5 min read

The night before reaching base camp, hikers spend the night in one of the most breathtaking campsites on the planet

Jan 12, 2021 • 7 min read

everest-basecamp-etiquette.jpg

Dec 10, 2020 • 6 min read

Gabby Beckford is an expert backpacker

Jan 7, 2020 • 5 min read

500pxRF_83870773.jpg

Oct 10, 2019 • 9 min read

trips to everest base camp

One of the Great Treks of the World

  • Everest Base Camp

From $5,595

Very Strenuous

Call 1-800-368-2794 or contact us for any questions

Make the classic trek to Everest Base Camp (17,600'), the climbers' camp below the icy majesty of the world's highest mountain, with the Khumbu Icefall as a spectacular backdrop. Our lodge-based trek (no camping!) includes Exploration Days for day hikes that help you acclimatize. And from atop Kala Patthar (18,365'), you'll have epic views of Everest's Southwest Face and the 10-mile-long Khumbu Glacier. Our Trek Leaders were born in this celebrated region and our private cook staff keeps us well fed. This is the way to experience the top of the world.

trips to everest base camp

Arrive: Kathmandu, Nepal

Depart: Kathmandu, Nepal

  • Hike to famed Everest Base Camp, launching site of legendary climbing expeditions
  • Exploration Days with fantastic hikes to Island Peak Base Camp and the Chukhung Valley
  • Paced for maximum acclimatization and led by the Khumbu's most experienced Sherpa Trek Leaders
  • Overnights in Sherpa lodges (no camping) with our own private cooking crew!

trips to everest base camp

Dates & Pricing

Pricing below is per person and based on double occupancy. The earlier you book, the more choice you’ll have. WT also has the most generous cancellation and transfer policies in the industry, we make it easy if you change your mind. Have a small group of your own? Take over an existing date or choose your own. You’ll have your own private guide–and the adventure–all to yourselves!

Payment & Cancel Schedule

At time of reservation: $600 90 days prior to departure: Balance

Cancellation & Transfer Schedule

Up to 91 days prior to departure: No Charge! 61-90 days prior to departure: 25% of trip cost 46-60 days prior to departure: 50% of trip cost 45 days or less: 100% of trip cost

  • Expert leadership of a Wilderness Travel Trek Leader
  • Accommodations in family-owned Sherpa lodges and hotels
  • All meals included except 2 lunches and 3 dinners as indicated in Detailed Itinerary
  • Private cooking staff on trek
  • All ground transportation and baggage handling from meeting until departure
  • All activities as indicated in Detailed Itinerary
  • Sleeping bags, sleeping pads, and liners for use at the lodges

Not Included

  • Travel to and from the arrival and departure location as indicated in Detailed Itinerary
  • Additional hotel nights outside the trip's scheduled dates
  • Optional gratuities to Trip Leaders or staff
  • Emergency medical evacuation insurance (required)
  • Other expenses of a personal nature (some alcoholic beverages, laundry, etc.)

Accommodations

Scroll through our signature accommodations for this trip below. Although it is highly unlikely, we may make substitutions when necessary.

trips to everest base camp

Hotel Yak and Yeti

Kathmandu, Nepal

Days 1-2 (2 nights)

trips to everest base camp

Sherpa Lodges, Khumbu

Khumbu, Nepal

Days 3-16 (14 nights)

Days 17-18 (2 nights)

Trip Leaders

Wilderness Travel Trip Leaders have a passion and a joy for creating an unforgettable journey. We are extremely proud of them and the incredible travel experiences they make possible. For more information, including client comments about them and which specific trips they will be leading, please click on their profiles below.

trips to everest base camp

Pemba Rita Sherpa

trips to everest base camp

Pasang Temba Sherpa

trips to everest base camp

Mingma Temba Sherpa

What the Trip is Like

Trail conditions are often rough, not the well-maintained switchbacks you may be accustomed to, and there is a good bit of up-and-down (often 2,000- to 3,000-foot gain or loss in elevation per day). For the most part, you can hike at your own speed; the group will spread out along the trail during the day to cover a normal maximum of 6 to 10 miles per day (4-8 hours of hiking). There are a number of days on this trek when the walks are shorter, as well as rest days, allowing opportunities for day hikes and exploring the villages, monasteries, and the beautiful surroundings.

Every participant must understand that this trek is truly challenging—you should be in excellent physical condition. Even though trip members carry only a daypack (with camera, jacket, rain gear, water bottle, and other small necessities you may need during the day), we recommend you make a special effort to get in top physical shape for the trip by hiking, running, swimming, bicycling, or engaging in other forms of aerobic exercise well beyond your normal routine. Many activities get heart and lungs into shape, but the most effective way of getting fit for hiking is to hike! Walking up and down flights of stairs is also an effective way to train for the steep ascents and descents in the Himalaya. Bending your knees as you go down stairs will help strengthen your quad muscles. At least two months prior to your trek, we urge you to go on weekend day hikes that involve long uphill and downhill walking.

For this trek, we require your doctor sign the Wilderness Travel Medical Form. Once Wilderness Travel has confirmed your place on the trip roster, no refunds beyond our standard fees will be made if your physician refuses to sign the form. It is very important that you and your physician fully agree that you are physically capable of undertaking a strenuous trek, and equally important that you undertake proper conditioning prior to the trek.

The Trek Leader has the right to disqualify any member from the trip at any time if it is medically necessary, to avoid endangering the group, or if the participant in question is physically unfit for the rigors of the trip. Refunds are not given under such circumstances.

The popular trekking seasons are fall and spring. Nepal lies at the same latitude as Florida, but altitude is the main factor governing temperatures. In the semitropical lowlands of Kathmandu (altitude 4,000 feet), daytime temperatures can be quite warm, in the 70°Fs and 80°Fs, with cool, misty nights. It rarely snows below 7,000 feet.

At altitudes of 8,000 to 10,000 feet, daytime temperatures can be in the 50°Fs and 60°Fs for fall trips and 60°Fs and 70°Fs for spring trips. Nights are cool to cold, often in the 40°Fs. Skies are generally clear, although the spring has more precipitation (but Nepal's famous rhododendron forests are in full bloom in the spring). Clouds often form in the afternoons, disappearing at night to reveal brilliantly starry skies.

At altitudes over 10,000 feet, weather is unpredictable and the wind chill factor comes into play. Daytime temperatures at these heights can be in the 60°Fs, but also as low as the 30°s and 40°s, especially if it is windy. Temperatures drop very quickly when the sun goes down, and evening/nighttime temperatures at high altitudes often drop to around 15°F and sometimes lower. We frequently encounter sub-zero nighttime temperatures on Khumbu treks and you should anticipate chronic cold weather. Snow is not uncommon at higher elevations, and rain is always a possibility throughout the trek.

Our own experienced cook crew is part of the Wilderness Travel trekking staff, and all our meals at the lodges will be prepared by them. Our cooks are trained and offer a good variety of hygienically prepared meals. Our drinking water is always boiled and treated washing water is put out before every meal so you can wash your hands before eating. Meals are a blend of Nepalese and Western dishes. Breakfast is normally a light meal of porridge or granola, with hot milk, tea, coffee, hot chocolate, biscuits, or cookies. Lunches may include potatoes, eggs, curried vegetables, cheese, local-style breads, fruit, tea, hot chocolate or a fruit drink. Dinner is typically soup and a main course such as a noodle dish, or meat or vegetable stew, depending on what is available in local villages. Dessert on trek is usually canned or fresh fruit.

A Typical Trekking Day

Hiking distances on trek are normally measured in hours, not miles, since maps aren't really accurate enough to assess how far we walk up and down winding mountain trails. On a typical trek day, wake-up is around 7:00 am. After packing up our duffels and having breakfast, we set off on the trail. There is always a guide in the lead and a "sweeper" who trails behind the slowest hiker to ensure that no one is lost on the trail. We ask you not to hike ahead of the leader because trails are often not well-marked. We typically walk for three to four hours in the morning, then stop for a leisurely lunch of an hour or more (either in a lodge or picnic-style at a scenic spot on the trail).

After lunch, we walk for another three hours or so until we reach our next night's lodging, where we can enjoy a cup of tea and a snack on arrival. On our exploration days, we occasionally have more time in the morning or afternoon near the lodge to rest or for further individual exploration. Temperatures drop quickly as the sun falls behind the peaks, and it's easy to get chilled after exerting yourself for several hours, so have an extra layer of clothing ready.

Our treks are led by an experienced English-speaking Sirdar (leader) who is ably assisted by a team of assistants and a trail crew. He and his team have a deep connection with the Himalayas and are wonderful trailside companions, hiking with you throughout each day on the trail, providing good company, and making sure that you are comfortable and hiking at a pace that suits you.

Safety & Altitude

There are dangers inherent in any expedition traveling to remote wilderness regions, especially when they involve travel to high altitude. These dangers include everything from rock falls to the possibility of a serious fall, accident, or sickness without access to means of rapid evacuation, availability of medical supplies, or adequate medical attention once provided. Our Trek Leader and support crew are experienced veterans of the Nepal Himalaya, but it takes cooperation and flexibility from each participant to ensure a successful trek.

Extend Your Trip

trips to everest base camp

Bangkok Extension

From $1,595

trips to everest base camp

Karnali Lodge Extension

From $1,895

trips to everest base camp

Taj Mahal and Jaipur Extension

From $2,295

trips to everest base camp

Tharu Lodge Extension

trips to everest base camp

Tiger Mountain Pokhara Lodge Extension

Client Testimonials

"Because of our Trek Leader’s vast experience in the area, we used several trails that aren’t known to many trekkers and we were invited into Sherpa homes, which was wonderful. I had been dreaming of this trip for 30 years and now those dreams are fulfilled."

Cincinnati, OH

"One of the best trips of my life: unbelievable scenery, wonderful organization, smoothly run. I had pretty high expectations going in, but it ended up even better than I'd hoped."

Palo Alto, CA

"What can I say—it was an all-around excellent trip!"

Berkeley, CA

"We had a fabulous trek and Himalayan experience. Our guide Pasang was terrific as was the support team of guides, cook staff, and porters he assembled. It was a trip of a lifetime!"

Cedar Rapids, IA

Other Trips You Might Like

trips to everest base camp

Small Group Adventure

  • Climb Kilimanjaro!

From $6,895

trips to everest base camp

  • Everest Lodge to Lodge

From $4,695

trips to everest base camp

Nepal: Lodge to Lodge Hiking in Upper Mustang

From $7,995

trips to everest base camp

Ultimate Everest

From $5,995

Book your trip today

Our Area Specialists know every detail about our tours. They will be happy to answer any questions and help you choose the journey that’s right for you. Contact us to learn more or book your trip today!

Submit the form below to download itinerary

Trip Download Itin

Trip Levels

With more than 200 different adventures to choose from, we want to help you find the trip that’s right for you. Our Trip Level system ranks each trip in two ways: a number rating from 1 to 6 according to the activity, and general travel rigors. 1 is the easiest and 6+ the most difficult—see descriptions below for explanations of each number. A plus (+) sign means the trip is a bit more strenuous than other trips of that level. The detailed explanation of each trip—below the bar with the number rating—is perhaps more important, specifying activities, altitudes, hiking, and travel conditions. The Detailed Itinerary, available by download or mail, gives further information. Our Area Managers can also answer questions and guide you to the trip that best suits your interests.

Level 1 – Easiest

Non-camping journeys, optional walks, little elevation gain or loss.

  • Royal Rajasthan and Villages of India
  • Small ship cruises

Level 2 – Easy to Moderate

Hotel nights and/or safari-style camping, hikes of two to four hours on some days. Other physical activities are sometimes included, such as optional sea kayaking.

  • Our African safaris
  • Costa Rica Wildlife

Level 3 – Moderate

Half- to full-day hikes (3-6 hours) over rolling countryside on most days, occasional steep trails. Many of our hotel-based walking tours are in this category, as are our snorkeling adventures.

  • Tuscany & the Cinque Terre
  • Argentina: Hikes and Estancias of Patagonia
  • Palau Snorkeling & Sea Kayaking
  • Some trips with minimal hiking but rugged travel conditions or long drives, such as  Tribal Ghana, Togo & Benin,  are Trip Level 3.

Level 4 – Moderate to Strenuous

Full-day hikes (4-6 hours), mountainous terrain, significant elevation gains and losses (hiking up or down as much as 3,000 feet) on many days. Altitudes no greater than about 10,000 feet.

  • Ultimate Patagonia
  • Hiking the Spanish Pyrenees

Level 5 – Strenuous

Full-day hikes (4-8 hours), mountainous, steep terrain (hiking up or down as much as 3,500 feet) on many days. Trips with hiking at average altitudes of 10,000 to 12,000 feet are in this category.

  • Inca Trail to Machu Picchu

Level 6 – Very Strenuous

Full-day hikes (5-8 hours), mountainous, steep terrain (hiking up or down as much as 3,500 feet) on many days. Most hikes take place at altitudes above 10,000 feet, with some days ascending as high as 18,000 feet.

trips to everest base camp

Epic Everest Base Camp Trek

15 days | tick the mighty everest off your bucket list with a trek to base camp.

Everest Base Camp Trek for young adults

This 15-day trip is unlike any other as you journey through the Himalayas to Everest Base Camp. Walk among giants and tick off a once in a lifetime experience making new friends and unforgettable memories along the way. Surrounded by (literally) breathtaking scenery, you’ll step foot in hilltop monasteries, eat your weight in dahl baht and momos, sip tea in Namche Bazaar and feel the huge sense of accomplishment when you reach the colourful flags of camp. Take on the challenge that many have taken before you and walk in the footsteps of champions. Plus, you’ll be choosing a company with a strong commitment to the rights and fair treatment of porters and trekking guides, meaning you can hike with a clear conscience, knowing you’re doing the trek of a lifetime the ethical way. ALTERNATE ITINERARY: In case of weather conditions leading to cancellations or delays in included flights, this trip will operate on an alternate itinerary. Please see day 1 of the itinerary for more details.

Trip overview

Tick off all the popular spots and enjoy unique local experiences

Affordable trips with the freedom to choose how you spend your time

You book, we donate to help support local communities

  • Tick off a colossal bucket list opportunity and take on the bonding experience of a lifetime. This trip gives you the chance to do Everest with like-minded travellers your own age.
  • It’s not (just) about the mountains on this Everest Base Camp trip – you’ll hike past everything from alpine lakes and glacial plains to frothy rivers and valleys covered in pink blossoms.
  • Hike with an experienced and passionate English-speaking local leader as well as a team of guides and porters who will introduce you to incredible Sherpa culture and history along the way.
  • Travel with a company that partners with local mountaineering and porter welfare programs, so you can trek easier knowing that while your porters are taking care of you, someone is looking out for them.
  • Soak up loads of free time to mingle with the locals and find the perfect keepsake. Use the time in between treks to play games with your new friends, explore Namche Bazaar and toast to an unforgettable adventure.
  • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Sagarmatha Next. Donations help them remove waste responsibly and turn rubbish into art in the Everest region.
  • Not sure if this is for you? Read our comprehensive guide on trekking in the Everest region here: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/theme/walking/everest-base-camp-trek
  • Hiking the Himalayas is no walk in the park – this trip includes 12 days of trekking for up to eight hours per day, reaching altitudes of over 5500 m. Depending on the time of year, the weather can be unpredictable, meaning flight delays and cancellations are also common. Ask anyone who has done it and they will say the rewards are worth it, but you must be in excellent health to participate. Think you’re up for it? Find our step-by-step training guide here: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/adventures/trekking-training-guide-tips/
  • The teahouse accommodation on the trek is very simple, with only basic facilities. Access to electricity points for charging devices will cost extra. Wi-Fi is available at some locations, but connections may be poor.
  • The scenery and conditions vary between seasons. Please carefully consider the time of the year you wish to trek in and consult this packing guide: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/adventures/packing-guide-for-trekking-in-nepal/ .
  • This trip includes one or more overnight stays over 3500 m (11,500 ft) where there’s a genuine risk of being affected by Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS). If left untreated, AMS can be life-threatening. While the vast majority will only feel discomfort, it is not uncommon for a small number of people to need extra care, which your leaders and local staff will provide. All our trips that spend time at high altitudes follow our standard altitude safety measures. A number of medical conditions and medications can also reduce your body's ability to acclimatise and thus will affect your performance at altitude and make you more susceptible to AMS. If you’re worried about any pre-existing condition, you must seek medical advice before booking. You may also wish to discuss medication such as Diamox that may help aid acclimatisation. Read more about AMS here: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/altitude-sickness

Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins in Kathmandu – the colourful capital where ornately carved balconies mingle with beautiful shrines and temples. You have a welcome meeting at 2pm today but if you arrive with time to spare, maybe check out the storied stupas and pagodas of Swayambhunath (aka the Monkey Temple) or take a walk around the local Durbar Square. If you like, maybe take an immersive Urban Adventure like the Spiritual Nepal Experience – learning about Buddhism in Boudhanath, meeting holy Hindu sadhus in Pashupatinath and more (just head to http://www.urbanadventures.com ). After the meeting, maybe head out with your group to one of the great bars in the city and toast to the start of an epic adventure. ALTERNATIVE ITINERARY DUE TO FLIGHT CANCELLATIONS: Weather conditions in the Himalayas can change rapidly, which can result in the need for changes to be made to our intended itineraries. Flights throughout Nepal – particularly in high mountain areas – are often delayed or cancelled due to poor weather conditions. Flights between Kathmandu/Ramechhap and Lukla are particularly prone to these delays which has the potential to vary the itinerary of our tour departures. Our contingency plans in case of bad weather preventing the fixed wing aircraft flight from Kathmandu/Ramechhap to Lukla are as follows:

Day 2 – We will attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane as per the itinerary. If this flight is cancelled, we will return to our hotel in Kathmandu/Ramechhap for an additional night.

Day 3 – We will again attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane. If this flight is cancelled we will endeavour to charter a helicopter to transport the group, provided helicopters are available and weather does not prevent them from flying to Lukla. There may be delays for helicopter flights due to limited availability of safety audited helicopter operators.

Travellers will need to use their emergency fund to cover the cost of the chartered helicopter. The exact cost will depend on how many travellers are in your group and could be up to US 500 per person. It is common practice for the helicopter company to charge varying prices, so you may pay different amounts to others on the flight. If we reach Lukla on day 3 by either fixed wing aircraft or helicopter we will then follow the same itinerary to Everest Base Camp but descend over one less day in order to take our return flight from Lukla on day 14.

Day 4 – If both fixed-wing planes and helicopters are unable to reach Lukla on the morning of day 3, then on day 4 we will drive back to Kathmandu by private vehicle. While we will not be able to reach Base Camp itself on the altered itinerary to Langtang - Gosainkunda Trek, our travellers have still found it a highly enjoyable trek with superb views of snow caped mountains and visit the beautiful lake - Gosainkunda. This lake is sacred for both Hindu and Buddhist pilgrims.

We also advise allowing a few extra days in Kathmandu at the end of your trip should your return flights from Lukla be delayed due to weather conditions.

  • Hotel (1 night)

There are no meals included on this day.

  • Kathmandu - Spiritual Nepal Experience Urban Adventure - USD59
  • Kathmandu - Rickshaw Night Explorer Urban Adventure - USD49

It’s very important that you attend the welcome meeting as we will be collecting insurance details and next of kin information at this time. If you are going to be late, please let your travel agent or hotel reception know. Ask reception or look for a note in the lobby for more information on where the meeting will take place.

Flights going to and from Lukla may be operated out of Ramechhap Airport in an effort to alleviate congestion at Kathmandu’s Tribhuvan International Airport by the Civil Aviation Authority of Nepal. In such cases, any departures affected will need to wake up quite early on Day 2 to drive the 130 km (approximately 5 hours) from Kathmandu to Ramechhap Airport. A private vehicle transfer will be provided at no additional cost. Your local leader will give you the most up-to-date information regarding flight delays.

Early this morning, you’ll jump on a plane from Kathmandu to Lukla. You’ll be flying parallel to the giants of the Himalayas, so if you can, grab a seat on the left and stick your face up against the window for some amazing views of the mountains bordering Nepal and China. When you arrive, meet your porters and explore the village of Lukla. After a safety talk, gear up and begin your trek to Phakding – you’ll descend towards the milky white waters of the Dudh Kosi River, where you’ll join the main trail to Namche Bazaar. The walk is easy and after passing through the small village of Ghat, it’s only a short walk to Phakding. Enjoy some time to relax this evening and maybe dig into some traditional dal bhat (rice or lentil stew) or momos (dumplings) to fuel up before tomorrow's trek.

  • Trekking Lodge/Tea House (1 night)
  • Everest Base Camp – Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
  • Everest Base Camp – 12D/11N Trek

Your travel time today will be approximately 1 hour. Your trekking time today will be approximately 3.5 hours (8.5 km).

During peak travel times, domestic flights from Kathmandu may depart from Ramechhap Airport today. The airport is 130 km (approximately 4 to 5 hours) from Kathmandu.

Today, trek to the picturesque Namche Bazaar, where you’ll spend a couple of days acclimatising to the altitude. From Phakding, cross the river and head up the valley, following in the footsteps of the porters. The trail, lined with blue pine forest, follows the river valley and is especially spectacular in spring when the rhododendron flowers are in bloom. Cross the Dudh Kosi River and look up to see the peaks of snow-capped Kusum Kanguru and Thamserku. Press on to Monjo and take a break for lunch. From here, the walk starts to get a little tough, with a steep ascent as you enter the national park, cross the river and then continue upstream. Get your camera out as you get the first glimpse of the peaks of Everest (no big deal), Lhotse, Nuptse and Taweche. Arrive in Namche and maybe head straight for Namche Bakery, where you’ll find the best sweet treats on the mountain (maybe stock up for the trek and people-watch with a coffee). Tonight, you’ll stay in the oldest family-run teahouse in the region. Take the opportunity to enjoy your last hot shower before your Everest adventure, enjoy the nightlife or grab a hot drink and listen to the history of the teahouse from your hosts.

Your trekking time today will be approximately 7 hours (11 km).

One of the best ways to acclimatise today is to walk up to a high-altitude point, and then come back down to sleep. Remember, it doesn't matter how fit you are, anyone can be affected by the altitude! Maybe take an optional hike, visiting Sagarmatha Next along the way, who support local communities to create and implement a sustainable waste handling system in the region. The national park headquarters is also an interesting visit, with displays about the Sherpa lifestyle and culture as well as the local flora and fauna. Rugs, clothing, salt and dried meat all make a roaring trade in the village centre, so maybe haggle for any extra supplies you might need (dried goat meat anyone?) and spend a restful night at your teahouse.

  • Namche Bazaar - Acclimatisation Hike

Today will be a short walking day, headed for Khumjung – the largest village in the region. Stop by the National Park Museum and take a walk along the route marked by well-laid stone steps to the Everest View Hotel (at one time this was said to be the highest hotel in the world). Visit a hospital built by Sir Edmund Hilary, then continue the ascent alongside panoramas of towering Himalayan snow peaks. Through a maze of narrow lanes, you’ll reach the oldest monastery in the Everest region. For a small donation, the resident monk will proudly show a Yeti skull that’s kept securely locked inside the monastery. Tonight, you’ll stay in a lodge in Khumjung and dream of snow monsters.

  • Namche Bazaar - National Park Museum

Your trekking time today will be approximately 2 hours (3.5 km).

Hit the Everest trail again today and keep your eyes peeled for the Danphe pheasant and Himalayan tahr. Push on to super-chill Thyangboche – as far as monasteries go, this one takes the cake! Feel an encompassing sense of calm while you sit at 3860 m (12,664 ft) in Nepal's spiritual centre of Tibetan Buddhism and look out at Mt Everest. This is the perfect spot to meditate if the urge arises. Maybe stop off for a hard-earned coffee and cake from the Khumjung bakery and then rejoin the trail to Everest, enjoying views of Kantega and Ama Dablam along the way.

  • Thyangboche - Thyangboche Monastery

Your trekking time today will be approximately 5 hours (6.5 km).

Today, Everest will look so close you could almost touch it. On your trek this morning, you’ll rise above the tree line and gradually climb to the village of Pangboche, indulging in lunch where the peak of Ama Dablam dominates the skyline. Follow the trail, passing the tea houses at Orsho, before crossing the Imja Khola and old glacial moraines to a lodge in Dingboche. Here, you’ll find a patchwork of small fields enclosed by stone walls. These walls protect crops of barley and potatoes from the cold winds. If the weather’s right, there will be a crazy gorgeous sunset illuminating the peaks – Ama Dablam, the south face of Lhotse to the north, and Island Peak in the centre of the valley. 

Your trekking time today will be approximately 6 hours (10 km).

Today is another acclimatisation day. There are a couple of different trails that you can hike today –  Nagarjun Hill and The Chukkhung (this walk might be a short one, but it’s the views of surrounding peaks and snowy terrain that’ll have you short of breath). Tonight, you’ll stay in Dingboche again. If you’re craving a cute café to hole up in, look no further than Cafe 4410 – they even screen daily sherpa documentaries here.

  • Dingboche - Acclimatisation Hike

This morning, you’ll ascend the small ridge above Pheriche Valley. From the stupa at the top, Taweche and Cholatse make for a pretty striking scene – they seem to lean forward from across the valley in the west. To the north, Lobuje Peak and the snowfields of the Cho La are the kings of the skyline. The walk will now be fairly flat on wide-open fields but take your time and ensure you’re well-hydrated. Later, you’ll cross the Khumbu Khola and eat a light lunch at the foot of the huge terminal moraines of the Khumbu Glacier. There will be a steep climb on a rocky trail to the top of the moraines. On the crest of the ridge, you’ll pass a line of memorial cairns (stacks of stones) built in memory of the Sherpas and climbers who have died on various Everest expeditions over the last fifty years. From here, the view is spectacular yet again – with Pumori at 7145 m, Lingtren at 6697 m and Khumbutse at 6623 m high. See across the border in Tibet then follow the valley stream to the lodge at Lobuche, where you’ll rest and recharge for the big one tomorrow.

Your trekking time today will be approximately 6 hours (7 km).

Wake up to the excitement and buzz of Everest – this is the day! First, you’ll trek to Gorak Shep (where you’ll start the round trip to Base Camp). Follow the broad valley that runs parallel to Khumbu Glacier, with a gradual ascent to build the slow, steady rhythm required when walking at high altitudes. When you reach the moraines of Changri Nup Glacier, you’ll make your way over a rocky trail lined with cairns that leads to the glacial sands of Gorak Shep. Now’s the time to grab a quick bite, gear up appropriately and head off towards Everest Base Camp. If the season’s right, you’ll almost certainly encounter yaks and porters supplying food and equipment to expeditions here. Arrive in Everest Base Camp – you made it! Tick that off the bucket list. You won’t get views of Mt Everest from here, but you can see glorious glaciers, lakes, caves and the notorious Everest Ice Fall that flows from the Western Cwm (regarded as technically the hardest and most dangerous section of the mountain). When you’ve had your fill of epic views (and taken a photo or five), you’ll return to Gorak Shep for the night.

Your trekking time today will be approximately 8.5 hours (11 km).

Your teahouse in Gorak Shep sits at 5180 m (16,995 ft). Due to its remote location and high elevation, all materials must be carried up to this altitude (or back down) by foot or by yak as there are no roads. While the views of Everest and the surrounding Himalayas are spectacular, the amenities are understandably basic.

Wake up super early this morning for the trek to Kala Patthar where you’ll experience sensational sunrise views from a once-in-a-lifetime vantage point. Don’t be surprised if you get a little tear in your eye when you soak up the views of Everest. Embrace the emotion and spend as long as you like here to savour the moment. It’s a bit of a tough walk because of the altitude, but the view from the top will surpass your wildest imagination. Pumori, Nuptse, Changtse, Ama Dablam, Taweche, Kantega and Everest – they’re all here. About 3 km away and some 200 m below, the area of the Everest Base Camp can be seen in a bowl at the bottom of the Khumbu Ice Fall. It’s all downhill from here – the descent to Gorak Shep is easy and then you’ll cross the Khumbu Khola and head down the valley to Pheriche, where you’ll spend the night. 

  • Gorak Shep - Kala Patthar Sunrise Trek

Your trekking time today will be approximately 3 hours for the round trip to Kala Patthar (4 kms) and approximately 5.5 hours to Pheriche (13 kms).

This morning, you’ll cross the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River, where there’ll be great views of the Imja Valley, Ama Dablam and Kantega. Re-trace your steps to Thyangboche, then descend steeply through a beautiful forest of juniper, rhododendron and fir. Cross the Dudh Kosi River and ascend to Trashinga. From here, the trail contours high above the valley on to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll return for the night.

Your trekking time today will be approximately 7.5 hours (19 km).

You’ve done it! Today is your last day of trekking and you’ll first descend steeply down to the large suspension bridge over the Dudh Kosi River. Then you’ll follow the trail back to Monjo. Walk through blue pine and rhododendron forest, with great views of Kusum Kangaru, through Phakding, then it’s only a short walk in the valley before making the final climb up to the airstrip at Lukla. This is where you’ll say goodbye to your Sherpa crew. Get together with the rest of your group and pool your tips, if you haven't already. Celebrate with a much needed and well-deserved hot shower, a good, long sleep, or a few drinks with your group. You earned it – you conquered Everest!

Your trekking time today will be approximately 7 hours (18 km).

Take the short flight from Lukla to Kathmandu this morning. When you arrive, return to your accommodation and then enjoy some free time in the afternoon for further sightseeing or shopping. Before dinner, your leader will take you on a walking tour to the colourful Asan Bazaar. Then, it’s time to celebrate with a tongba (hot millet beer) and a plate of ziva (pastry fingers filled with cheese) while you relax your weary (but incredibly toned) legs. You don't need to carb-load anymore, but surely another plate of dal bhat couldn't hurt?

If there is bad weather or low cloud conditions, your flight back to Kathmandu may not run, giving you an extra day in Lukla to relax or do a day walk. In this case, you’ll return to Kathmandu by late morning on Day 15 and the trip will end with an arrival transfer back to your hotel.

During peak travel times domestic flights to Kathmandu may depart from Ramechhap Airport. The airport is 130 km (approximately 4 to 5 hours) from Kathmandu.

With no further activities planned, your trip ends this morning. There's plenty more to see in Kathmandu for those who wish to stay, just speak to your booking agent. If you do, you might like to check out an Urban Adventures tour, like the Rickshaw Night Explorer: http://www.urbanadventures.com/en/kathmandu/kathmandu-rickshaw-night-explorer

Private vehicle, Plane

Hotel/Guesthouse (2 nights), Tea House/Trekking Lodge (12 nights)

Dates and availability

Important notes.

1. This trip starts in Kathmandu with an important welcome meeting in the afternoon on Day 1. This allows you extra time to purchase/hire required gear in Kathmandu. 2. Due to the demands of travelling at high altitudes (up to 5545 metres/18192 feet). A Passenger Self Assessment Form is required for this trip. 3. A sleeping bag is required for this trip. Please bring your own or hire one in Kathmandu. 4. A single supplement is available if you’d prefer not to share a room on this trip. The single supplement will only be included on Days 1,14 (Hotel) and is subject to availability. Please speak to your booking agent for further information. 5. Please bring TWO passport sized photos to your joining meeting for your trekking permits. 6. In case of weather conditions leading to cancellations or delays in flights, this trip will operate on an alternate itinerary. Please see day 1 of the itinerary for more details. 7. You must bring an emergency fund of USD 500 in cash with you on this trip, which you may need to use in case of delayed or cancelled flights, as itinerary changes will be at the travellers expense. 8. If you need assistance booking optional activities pre or post trip, please contact our local operator on +977 980 112 3645. 9. Please be aware that in the event of an emergency evacuation, Intrepid does not have control over which helicopter service may be used. Some helicopters are not in regular use with Intrepid and have not passed our internal safety auditing.

Want an in-depth insight into this trip? Essential Trip Information provides a detailed itinerary, visa info, how to get to your hotel, what's included - pretty much everything you need to know about this adventure and more.

Filter by rating

  • Tips & Tricks
  • Tales from the Trails

The Ultimate Insider’s Guide to Trekking Everest Base Camp

Hiking / Camping / Tour Companies , TIPS & GUIDES , TRAVEL

At 8,848 meters, 29,029 feet above sea level, Mt. Everest is the tallest mountain in the world, towering over the surrounding peaks in the Himalayas mountain range on the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Even if you’re not a diehard mountaineer, you can still explore this beautiful region of Nepal with a trek to Everest base camp (EBC).

Not only will you get lifelong bragging rights for completing the trek to base camp, but it’s also a beautiful trek in its own right. Amazing vista can be seen passing through the Sagarmatha National Park and the awe-inspiring Himalayas .

Although the trek takes about two weeks, it’s surprisingly accessible and has been completed by many first-time trekkers.

Everest Base Camp: A Brief Overview

Since the first successful summit in 1953 by Sir Edmund Hillary and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay, the imposing peak has attracted decades of adrenaline-seekers wishing to add their name to the list of successful summiteers. A good portion of these climbers never returned .

Despite the intimidating statistics, the sister trek through the picturesque Khumbu Valley to the base camp used by professional mountaineers is an attainable goal for many people.

Located at an altitude of 5,361 meters, 17,590 feet above sea level, you don’t need fancy equipment or mountaineering skills to reach EBC. Certainly, it takes just a positive attitude and a reasonable level of fitness.

There’s a sense of camaraderie and a tangible buzz in the air as the adrenaline of the would-be Everest summiteers infects everybody around them.

The scenery at these altitudes is breathtaking and varied, ranging from rhododendrons and pine fields to rivers; suspension bridges strung with prayer flags; glaciers, lakes, valleys, high mountain passes, and finally, the spectacular Himalayan mountain peaks!

The Sagarmatha National Park is home to rare animal species such as snow leopards and red pandas – though it’s very unlikely you’ll encounter them. You’ll frequently have to step aside (to the uphill side!) as you encounter yaks on the trail.

Whether you choose to follow the traditional EBC route or one of the alternative trails, it’s guaranteed to be an experience you’ll never forget.

In contrast to most multi-day treks where you’d be camping in a tent, trekkers to base camp stay in cozy tea houses. You can find several available in a range of budgets, which function as both hotels and restaurants.

The trek is dotted with Buddhist monasteries and tiny villages almost all the way up. The relaxed pace of the trek allows plenty of time for you to explore the villages and get to know the local Sherpa culture.

Mt. Everest is increasingly covered in garbage left behind by the hordes of people who have set out to conquer its lofty heights. When you go, please respect the environment and do your best to minimize waste.

The most popular time of year to do the Everest base camp trek is between February and May – the pre-monsoon season.

During these spring months, the weather is typically warm and dry and the mountains will be ablaze with colorful rhododendrons.

This is also peak season and while you’re unlikely to have the trails to yourself, you’ll enjoy a buzzing atmosphere at the tea houses on the way. This is also when most Everest climbers make their summit attempts.

The summer months bring the monsoon rains, resulting in slippery trails and a heightened risk of landslides. If that doesn’t deter you, the leeches and foggy weather might! It’s not recommended to attempt the trek in the summer.

It can also be difficult to fly into Lukla during the monsoon. Indeed, this is a good time to pick the Jiri trek over the classic EBC trek.

If you want fewer crowds, try going in September or October, the post-monsoon months, when you have the highest chance of clear skies, although temperatures are slightly colder.

You can even do the trek in the winter but be prepared for sub-zero temperatures most days and lots of snow.

Whenever you go, make sure you pack for unpredictable weather in case a snowstorm takes you by surprise.

Trekkers interested in the local culture might want to plan their trip dates around traditional holidays with celebrations in Kathmandu, such as Holi (February/March) or Indra Jatra (September).

Another thing to consider when planning your trip is flight prices, which can vary considerably. Check flights before booking as this might have a huge impact on when you want to go.

Lastly, be aware that it might be harder to find tour operators who provide treks in off-season months. Also, some of the paths might be closed.

Conversely, if you want a stab at actually sleeping in Everest Base Camp, then late spring is your best option. It will be rare to find tour operators who might be able to wrangle this.

Everest Base Camp Packing list

If this is your first multi-day trek, don’t forget to budget for all the equipment you’ll have to take with you.

You can choose between renting or buying your gear. Hikers who plan on doing more multi-day treks might want to invest in their own equipment.

If you’re doing a two-week trek, it makes more sense to rent your sleeping bag and down jacket. For trekkers who plan on trekking for a whole month, it makes more financial sense to buy.

The neighborhood of Thamel in Kathmandu offers plenty of options for buying and renting. However, the products on offer may be of questionable quality.

Further on, Namche Bazaar is a last-resort option if you find you’ve forgotten to pack any essentials. If you keep your receipts, then talk it over with the shop when buying. Some shops will buy your gear back from you, at the end of your trek, for a reduced price.

Almost everything available for sale along the trek has been carried up the mountain, either by yaks or people. This means things get more expensive the higher you go.

Pack strategically. This means bringing the items you can’t live without while avoiding overloading your backpack. Whether you hire a porter or decide to go solo, somebody will be lugging your things up the mountain. Indeed, think twice before including unnecessary items like an extra book or five spare shirts!

Aim to pack around 10kg if you’re carrying everything yourself, and 20-25kg if you’re getting help from a porter. Don’t forget that your water adds extra weight. Try packing your bag with full water bottles, to get a more accurate idea of how much you can bring.

This list is aimed at trekkers who will be sleeping in tea houses every night. Be aware that if you don’t book early enough, the tea houses may be sold out in high season.

If you think you might end up having to camp, Then you’ll need more supplies not covered on this list, such as a winter insulated tent , sleeping pad , etc.

What to Wear

The clothes you pack will depend on which season you’re visiting in. Make sure you have enough clothing to keep warm, especially in the evenings.

Layers are crucial, as temperatures and weather conditions will change drastically between day and night and as you ascend and descend in altitude.

Tea houses often only heat the common areas, and then only in the evenings, so bring warm clothes for lounging around at night.

The higher you get, the less likely you are to have power in your tea house, or only for a few hours as they’re run off solar power.

Base layers: Your base layer should be comfortable and moisture-wicking. Stay away from cotton; go for merino wool or synthetics .

Pack a long-sleeved shirt (avoid short sleeves as you’re more likely to get sunburnt) and long underwear, if only for the cold evenings.

Fleece mid-layer: You’ll probably be putting this on and taking it off with every mountain pass. Indeed, try to find one that will fit easily into your day pack.

Outer layer: Get a down jacket with a good warmth-to-weight ratio, as you’ll be carrying it much of the time.

Waterproof windbreaker and pants.

Hiking pants: Well-insulated trekking pants , or trekking pants that can turn into shorts. 

Waterproof hiking boots. We can’t stress enough how important it is to break your hiking boots in properly before your trek.

Don’t forget to bring a pair of comfortable sneakers or sandals for the evenings and for bathroom runs.

Socks: Woollen hiking socks are worth the investment – bring a few pairs that can handle very cold temperatures for the higher altitudes, and look for flat seams and padded spots to reduce blisters.

Sock liners and Vaseline are two other good ways to prevent blisters . You should also bring a pair of warm socks for base camp.

Gaiters: These will be especially useful during the rainier months.

Gloves : Pack a thin pair of “inner” gloves and a very warm pair of outer gloves. There will be at least one or two days where your fingers will freeze otherwise – for example, the day you summit Kala Patthar.

Scarf/balaclava/buff: The trail to EBC gets infamously dusty, provoking the “ Khumbu cough ” that plagues many hikers. A buff or something similar will keep you warm as well as provide you with a layer to breathe through to minimize the amount of dust in your lungs.

Beanie and sun hat , preferably with neck cover, to protect against the sun .

Underwear and sports bras: You’ll probably be reusing these, so get good-quality, non-cotton ones.

Accessories

Drinking water: Most tour operators provide purified water. Avoid bottled water, as this is expensive on top of being an environmental disaster.

We recommend bringing two big reusable water bottles (or a water bladder for drinking on the go). Tablets take a while to work and it’s nice to have one water bottle ready to drink while the other one is getting purified.

You can also fill a bottle with hot water and sleep with it in your sleeping bag if you’re cold during the night. If you’re purifying your own water, bring water purification tablets , LifeStraw , or a Steri-pen. But remember, these need charging, and charging on the trail costs money.

You may wish to add flavor enhancers to your water. Unfortunately, at Gorak Shep the water is very mineralized so you’ll need to buy bottled water.

Showering: Whether or not you shower is up to you. Expect to pay around $5 for a hot shower. Some people rely on wet or backpacking body wipes , especially since wet hair is no fun in negative temperatures!

Sunglasses: The combination of snow and altitude is brutal on your eyes, so invest in good polarized sunglasses with wraparound arms.

Sleeping bag : The teahouses will provide blankets and pillows but you’ll want your own sleeping bag and pillowcase.

Find a mummy sleeping bag rated to -20° C – or colder, depending on the season. Consider bringing a silk liner , especially if you’re renting your sleeping bag.

Toiletries: Sunscreen , SPF chapstick (this is better than lip balm as there’s no need to smear it on with your grubby fingers), quick-drying towel, tissue, baby wipes, period supplies, compressed toilet paper tablets or biodegradable toilet paper (remove cardboard and keep in ziptop bag), hand sanitizer, toothbrush and toothpaste, etc.

Always bring toilet paper with you. Most bathrooms are squat toilets and are located only in villages.

Tip : wet wipes are more expensive than toilet paper on the trail, so if you have to choose, stock up on wet wipes and buy toilet paper when you run out.

Shewee: Ladies, you’ll be glad not to have to pull your pants down in the freezing high-altitude weather. If you need to pee, then I recommend using a portable pee device, like PeeBuddy Reusable Female Urination Device . You stand and use the portable pee funnel, so you don’t need to squat.

If you get your period on the trail and you’re not comfortable with using the DivaCup, another good option is to keep used pads/tampons in a ziptop bag and dispose of them in the next garbage can.

Personal first-aid kit: Bring diarrhea meds, altitude meds, antibiotics, ibuprofen, paracetamol, aspirin, bandaids, blister plasters, tape/trekker’s wool, Vaseline, cough drops (to beat the Khumbu cough), cold medicine, rehydration salts.

Tour operators should provide the rest. Don’t forget to get your travel vaccines before you go.

TSA approved padlock for your luggage.

Backpack: What you pack your gear in will depend on whether you’re using porters. Most porters prefer you to pack your things in a soft-sided duffel bag. Check with the tour operator in case they provide these for you.

If you have a porter, then you’ll only need a daypack for yourself. If you’re not hiring a porter, then bring a collapsible daypack anyway in addition to your backpack. This is so you can leave your big backpack in the tea house during the one-day acclimatization hikes.

Try to get a backpack with straps for hiking poles and zippers to open it from the sides. Not to mention, you won’t have to dig everything out of your bag whenever you want to access something.

Dry bag or plastic cover for your backpack and daypack to prevent water ingress.

Hiking poles : These are a must! All the treks listed here will take you uphill, downhill, uphill and downhill again. Hiking poles will save your knees, and they’ll come in handy on slippery trails during the wet season.

Headlamp or flashlight : You’ll be glad to have this in the evenings after the power goes out, and during early-morning or late-night hikes. Remember to bring extra batteries.

Trekking map: If you’re going independently, a good trekking guidebook is essential – Lonely Planet is highly recommended.

Ziptop bags: These always come in handy for protecting electronics, etc.

Camera or GoPro with memory card and extra batteries.

Money: There are ATMs at select points such as Lukla and Namche Bazaar. But these have low daily withdrawal limits and high commission fees. What’s more, they have been known to take money out of your account without actually dispensing it to you.

Since currency exchange rates on the trail are sky-high, it’s best to bring a stash of local rupees with you. You’ll need rupees to pay for meals, showers, tips, etc.

Wi-Fi: A good option for staying connected is to buy a local sim card. It will give you data to about 4000m altitudes, and sometimes in EBC itself.

You can also check Everest Link for Wi-Fi data packages. The connection is supposedly available in most teahouses along the way, but it can be slow and unreliable so don’t depend on it too much.

Top Tip : Beware of phone updates. These will eat through your Wi-Fi and data limits before you realize what just happened!

Entertainment: EBC treks usually only schedule a few hours of hiking a day, to allow you time to acclimatize. Bring books, a Kindle , cards or other games for the many hours of downtime. Certainly, bring a journal so you can remember this once-in-a-lifetime experience!

Solar charger: Many teahouses offer power points where you can charge your devices for a nominal fee. Also, don’t forget to bring an adapter. It’s a good idea to bring your own solar-powered charger and extra batteries to minimize costs.

Tip : Keep batteries, base layers , and anything else you don’t want freezing in your sleeping bag with you overnight. Keep your phone in flight mode to save power.

Important documents: Bring printouts of your travel insurance information. And make sure one of your travel buddies knows what to do and whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Bring your passport, visas, money, etc. – I always keep these documents in a zip-top bag.

Trekking solo? Bring a safety whistle , compass , pocket knife , & duct tape, especially on the less-crowded trails

High-calorie snacks: These will make a huge difference to your experience. Snacks are exceedingly expensive on the trail, and they provide welcome calories on tough trekking days.

You’ll have to decide how many you want to bring and which ones you want to buy along the trail.

Cloth bags : Many trekkers use these to separate dirty laundry and organize different outfits.

Earplugs: You’ll be glad for these when the tea houses are alive with the sound of Khumbu coughs.

A Note on Trekking Insurance

Be very careful when purchasing travel insurance, because regular policies usually stop covering you once you ascend higher than 3,000m/9,840ft.

At these altitudes, you have a higher chance of getting Acute Mountain Sickness. Also, there’s a pretty good chance you’ll have to be airlifted out to a hospital for injuries . To clarify, injuries like a pulled muscle or twisted ankle at sea level can be more serious at higher altitudes.

Because of these higher costs and risks , insurance companies will charge you a premium for high-altitude trekking insurance.

Luckily, there’s no shortage of insurance companies that offer travel insurance specifically tailored to Everest Base Camp trekkers.

When purchasing a policy, make sure you’re covered for trekking up to altitudes of 6,000m/19,685ft. In addition, ensure it has search and rescue costs, preferably by helicopter.

Don’t forget to check if you’re covered for different travel-related illnesses (and make sure you get your vaccinations before going!).

It’s also nice to have compensation for delayed or canceled flights and repatriation in case of death (hopefully you won’t be needing this one).

Check the clause about lost, stolen or damaged luggage to see if it will cover most of the cost of your hiking gear.

If you’re traveling in winter or shoulder season, then check for trip cancelation insurance. This is to ensure you’re covered if your trek is canceled due to weather.

You’ll likely have other considerations depending on your personal situation. Don’t just take our advice for it – remember to do your research, ask questions and read the fine print of your travel insurance policy before you purchase.

I always keep my travel insurance information handy while on the trek. Additionally, I pass it along to someone else in my group. This is so they know whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Some travel insurance providers require you to confirm with them before ordering a helicopter. Check out this option on getting trekking travel insurance for more information.

How to Avoid Altitude Sickness

Most tour operators organize a relaxed trekking schedule and follow the mantra “climb high, sleep low”. In essence, this is to avoid the risk of altitude sickness.

Take it slow – once you finish hiking for the day you’ll have a lot of dead hours in the teahouse. For this reason there’s really no point in racing there.

It’s important to respect the acclimatization days. The acclimatization hikes are designed to help you adjust to tomorrow’s altitude.

Try to drink 3-4 liters of water a day, as dehydration will make the altitude sickness way worse. It also goes without saying that you shouldn’t drink caffeine or alcohol or smoke during your trek.

If you can, then cut out these vices about a week before you start hiking. So that you won’t suffer from withdrawal headaches.

Many people swear by Diamox as a preventative drug against AMS. It’s your choice whether to take this or not. I personally found the tingling fingers and toes to be very off-putting, but it probably helped me acclimatize.

Altitude sickness is unpredictable and doesn’t discriminate based on fitness or age. Listen to your body and descend immediately if you think you have signs of Acute Mountain Sickness.

Check out our article on altitude sickness for a more detailed overview.

Choosing a Tour Operator

Every year there are rumors that the Nepali government will make it compulsory to go with a guide.. But so far, it’s still possible to undertake the trek to EBC on your own.

Unless you’re going in high season, you’ll can drop in at tea houses and get a bed without a reservation.

Independent trekkers can choose whether to hike all by themselves. While others choose between ring a porter, a guide, or a guide and a porter. A guide will speak some English and can help with booking accommodation. However, a porter probably won’t speak English and will only carry your bag.

You can also hire one person who acts as a guide and a porter. Another upside to hiring a guide is that you’ll be providing someone with a job. And in turn, you’ll get to immerse yourself in the Nepali culture.

Alternately, you can opt to join a guided trek with a tour operator. While this is pricier, it’s a good choice for people who have never done such a long, high-altitude trek before.

Tour operators typically arrange flights, airport transfers, accommodation, visas and permits, porters and guides. Western tour operators will usually charge more, but provide a more trustworthy service. You can expect to pay about twice as much for a Western tour operator.

Check to see if your tour operator is registered with the Trekking Agencies Association of Nepal (TAAN). TAAN regulates trekking agencies in Nepal to ensure fair treatment of employees, respect for local communities and preservation of the environment.

The Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project mission is to improve the working conditions of porters. They advocate for fair treatment and wages, lend free mountaineering clothing, and encourage them to work for only ethical companies. Through providing education and training opportunities, guides and porters have received classes on porters rights, Leave No Trace and are certified in First Aid.

Please make every effort to ensure the porters and guides are dressed properly, stay within the weight limit including their own luggage. Also, ensure they have adequate sleeping arrangements and insurance and are paid a fair wage.

It’s better to go with companies that employ their porters and guides full-time instead of freelance because there’s a better chance the company is providing them with benefits, sick days and health insurance.

Tipping is always a tricky subject and suggested rates will depend on whom you ask. Aim for around 15 percent of salary (if you’re traveling in a group, this number refers to the total pooled tip) per porter and/or guide, and adjust accordingly.

The classic Everest Base Camp trek winds through the Khumbu valley; once reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll retrace your steps back down to Lukla for the return flight to Kathmandu.

If you’re interested in escaping the crowds or doing circular routes that don’t involve retracing your steps, there’s a variety of alternate routes to choose from.

You can also opt to tack small detours onto your classic EBC trek. This is especially doable if you’re traveling independently or in a small group.

You shouldn’t have any trouble booking your trek, even on the classic EBC trek.

Classic Everest Base Camp trek

The classic Everest Base Camp trek takes about 14 days, including time in Kathmandu before and after.

From Kathmandu, you’ll fly into Lukla Airport (2,860m/9,383ft) with its famously short runway – try to sit on the left side of the plane so you can catch your first views of Mt. Everest.

It’s a good idea to leave yourself a few buffer days, as Lukla flights are often delayed due to weather. Flights should be included in your tour price; otherwise they’re about USD 300, plus USD 100 for your guide’s ticket.

From the airport, you’ll trek to Phakding for the night.

The next day you’ll set out from Phakding and follow the Dudh Koshi River, crossing suspension bridges and pine forests until you reach the Namche Bazaar (3,440m/11,286ft), in the Sagarmatha National Park UNESCO World Heritage Site .

Namche Bazaar is the region’s principal trading point, so use this opportunity to stock up on supplies you might have forgotten. If you’re there on Saturday, then don’t miss the market. From here you can also catch a peak of Everest.

You’ll take a day to acclimatize in Namche Bazaar – you can make the most of the Wi-Fi, stock up on any supplies you forgot, check out the Sherpa museum or just tool around the village.

The day after you’ll follow the former Tibet-Nepal trading route via Thame to Tengboche. These villages are known for legendary views, where you can visit one of the region’s biggest monasteries .

Next you’ll hike through Phangboche to Pheriche while admiring the views of Ama Dablam. You might be interested to know that Pheriche is where the Himalayan Rescue Association makes its base – but hopefully you won’t need to use this information! 

Most people stay in Pheriche for a day to acclimatize and visit local attractions like the Imja Lake or Dingboche village, which boasts views of Lhotse and Island Peak.

Now that you’re rested, you’ll be ready to tackle the trek to Lobuche, which features a 600m/1,969ft elevation gain. You’ll skirt the perilous Khumbu Glacier and witness the many memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempt to climb Everest.

From Lobuche you’ll set out towards Gorak Shep, which is the world’s highest permanently inhabited village.

Finally, it’s time to push on through the moraine towards Everest Base Camp! Since actual summiteers of Everest have priority, don’t expect to spend too long there or even be allowed inside the base camp itself.

But don’t worry, the adrenaline-filled atmosphere extends all the way down to the trekker stop point! From here you’ll go back down to Gorak Shep for the night.

You can’t actually see the peak of Mt. Everest from Everest Base Camp, so the next day you’ll make a steep ascent up to the summit of Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft) to catch amazing views of Everest, Nuptse (7,861m/25,791ft) and Lhotse (8,516m/27,940ft).

Most groups try to do this at sunset on the same day as they reach EBC, or at sunrise the next morning, when Mt. Everest sometimes turns pink in the early-morning light.

Forging on ahead, you’ll descend to Dingboche or Pheriche, and from there past Tengboche and back to Namche Bazaar the next day. Keep an eye out for the massive fields of wild rhododendrons if you’re visiting in the spring!

Your last day of trekking will take you back to Lukla, where you’ll spend the night before catching the flight to Kathmandu.

  • Pros : Comparatively gentle altitude profile, can be done independently
  • Cons : Have to retrace steps on the way down, can be crowded
  • Length : ~130km (12-14 days)
  • Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft)

Gokyo Lakes Trek 

The Gokyo Lakes Trek is popular for its beautiful glacial lakes , nestled in the quiet Gokyo valley.

Like the classic Everest Base Camp trek, the Gokyo Lakes trek starts at Lukla, breaking off towards the northwest at the Namche Bazaar.

This trek is considered slightly more challenging than the classic EBC trek, with steeper ascents and more time spent at high altitudes.

It takes 2-3 days longer, detouring around some of the most crowded sections of the classic base camp trek but still finishing at Everest Base Camp.

You’ll see glacial lakes and summit Gokyo Ri (5,357m/17,575ft) where you’ll earn views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu (8,201m/26,906ft).

Fly into Kathmandu, spend a few days acclimatizing and then take another flight to Lukla. The next day, you’ll trek down through the Dudh Koshi Valley to Phakding past several Buddhist sites.

Hiking through pine forests and along the Dudh Koshi River, you’ll cross several suspension bridges including the Hillary Suspension Bridge. After entering the Sagarmatha National Park, you’ll continue hiking until the Namche Bazaar.

You’ll then separate from the classic EBC trek and head northwest towards Dole along the Dudh Koshi valley. You’ll get some of the first views of Everest, Lhotse and Ama Dablam today.

The next day brings a steep climb towards Machhermo, which is populated with yaks in the summer.

Allow yourself a day to acclimatize and enjoy views of Ngozumpa Glacier (the biggest glacier in the Himalayas). Once you’ve enjoyed the glacier, trek to the Gokyo lakes and you’ll eventually reach Gokyo village. If you are tired by now, you’re in luck because this is where you’ll bed down for the night.

This is another popular time to take an acclimatization rest day and explore the surrounding lakes, or summit Gokyo Ri, which stands almost 5,500m/18,045ft above sea level.

Stop to take in the stunning views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu, then continue back down to the Ngozumpa glacier and on into Dragnag.

The next day is a tough one. You’ll traverse Cho La, one of the “Three Passes” (5,420m/17,782ft), cross a glacier and then spend the night in Zonglha. 

Joining up with the classic EBC trek, you’ll stop for a moment of reflection at the memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempts to climb Everest, and then continue on to Lobuche for the night.

From Lobuche, you’ll skirt the Khumbu glacier, hiking up past Gorak Shep and finally you’ll reach Everest Base Camp! Enjoy it while it lasts, because the priority at EBC is the Everest summiteers, especially in the spring months.

You’ll hike back down to Gorak Shep alongside views of the Khumbu icefall . Part of the highest glacier on Earth, the icefall’s deadly crevasses, unstable seracs and unpredictable avalanches have taken dozens of lives.

The next day you’ll hike up Kala Patthar, with more views of Everest and the neighboring mountain peaks, and then down to Dingboche along the classic EBC route.

It’s time to return to Namche Bazaar. The day after you’ll hike back to Lukla through the Dudh Koshi valley, and then fly into Kathmandu.

Because the trek is longer, expect to pay more than you would for the classic EBC trek. Trekkers are advised not to attempt this trek independently, due to the increased difficulty and the fact that there are fewer people on the routes.

Like the classic EBC trek, the best time to go is during spring or fall. Because the trek isn’t as popular, you shouldn’t have to worry about crowds for most of the way, so feel free to go during peak season.

  • Pros : Fewer crowds, more challenging, more sights, get to summit a peak, see the world’s highest freshwater lake system, prettier landscapes than classic trek, circular route so no need to retrace steps
  • Cons : More expensive than classic EBC trek
  • Length : ~220km/136 miles (16-17 days, including a few days in Kathmandu before and after)
  • Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/18,192ft)

Jiri to Everest Base Camp 

This old-school route mirrors the route taken by the first Everest summiteers in the 1950’s, starting with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri instead of flying into Lukla.

From Jiri, you’ll pass through the towns of Sete, Junbesi and Numtala in the Solu Khumbu region.

After reaching Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek, passing through Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Pheriche and Gorak Shep.

In total, the Jiri route takes about 5-6 days longer than the classic route.

Jiri route trekkers will have the chance to spend a lot more time with the locals. You’ll also spend more time at low altitudes – the route starts at just 1,800m/5,905ft above sea level – meaning landscapes will forests and streams with actual running water.

Much of the trek is off the beaten path, with fewer crowds than the EBC classic trek.

Tool around Kathmandu for a day and then take an 8-hour (190km/118 mile) bus ride, following the Sun Koshi River to Jiri and then Shivalaya.

The next day, you’ll cross a suspension bridge over the river and then explore several tea houses. Go through the Deorali Pass, taking a moment to check out the prayer flags and decorated walls, and then head down to Bhandar for the night.

From Bhandar, you’ll walk through fields and forests before embarking on a steep descent t

owards the village of Kenja. Uphill again, you’ll traverse the Lamjura Pass and arrive at the town of Sete.

The next day, you’ll return to the Lamjura Pass and pass through magnificent fields of pine trees, magnolia and rhododendrons. Without a doubt, you’ll appreciate the stunning mountain views. Next,hike down the other side and you’ll arrive at the town of Junbesi.

Back into the forest, you’ll see Mt. Everest for the first time. You’ll then cross the Ringmo Khola suspension bridge and arrive at the village of Ringmo with its gorgeous Tibetan architecture. Another forest and you’ll be at Nunthala.

In the morning, you’ll head out towards the Dudh Koshi River, crossing another impressive suspension bridge on your way to Bupsa.

The next few days will take you to higher altitudes as you pass through forests with monkeys and several small villages.

Arriving in Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek. After reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll summit Kala Patthar for the obligatory views of Mt. Everest at dawn and then return through Gorak Shep, Namche Bazaar and finally Lukla, for your flight back to Kathmandu.

Like the classic Everest trek, the Jiri route is best undertaken in spring or fall. Caution: some parts of the Jiri trek may be closed in the winter, so we don’t recommend going during this season.

The Jiri route is only slightly more difficult than the classic Everest Base Camp route, due to its longer duration.

The average day of hiking comprises 5-6 hours, covering about 15km/9 miles. On the bright side, due to the more gradual ascent compared with the classic trek, you’re less likely to get altitude sickness.

  • Pros : More authentic, less touristy, chance to see Solo Khumbu landscapes (terraced farmland, forests, Dudh Koshi river, sherpas), gradual acclimatization
  • Cons : 8-hour bus ride (but scenic!)
  • Length : ~250km/155 miles (22 days, of which 18 days of trekking)
  • Highest point : Kala Patthar (5,545m/ 18,192ft)

Three Passes Trek 

As you might infer from the name, the Three Passes trek takes you across three high mountain passes (all higher than 5,000m/16,400ft). Thus, making it more difficult than the classic EBC trek.

After reaching Namche Bazaar, the Three Passes trek splits off from the classic trek. This takes you towards Thame and the Nangpa Valley. The trek takes around 19 days in total, of which 14-15 will be spent trekking. Getting a guide is highly recommended.

After flying into Lukla from Kathmandu, you’ll work your way down to Phakding.

The next day will take you across several suspension bridges on the way to Namche Bazaar. You’ll be there for a day of acclimatizing. After which you’ll split off from the classic EBC route and head to Thame.

Crossing the Bhote Koshi river, you’ll reach Lumde and catch your first good views of the mountain peaks. The next day, you’ll tackle the first pass.

The Renjo La (5,360m/17,585ft) lies near the Dudh Koshi valley and will reward you with views of Everest. Then you’ll pass the Gokyo lakes and the village of Gokyo, where you’ll summit Gokyo Ri and catch sight of Cho Oyu.

After spending some time acclimatizing in Gokyo, you’ll walk across the Ngozumpa Glacier. This is Nepal’s largest glacier, and you’ll then spend the night in Dragnag.

The next day is notorious. You’ll traverse the next pass, Cho La (5,420m/17,782 ft), which has a glacier and prayer flags at the top. On the other side of the pass lies Zonglha.

Joining back up with the base camp trek, you’ll visit Lobuche and Gorak Shep and take in views of the Khumbu Glacier, Everest, Lhotse and Nuptse.

You’ll explore Everest Base Camp and summit Kala Patthar before retracing your steps back through Gorak Shep and Lobuche.

The trek keeps on going, past the Kongma La pass (5,535m/18,159ft), down into the Chukkung valley and up to the summit of Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft) with more mountain views.

You’ll trek through Dingboche, with its views over the Khumbu Valley. Eventually, you hike down through the rhododendron fields and the village of Khumjung, ending back at the Namche Bazaar.

From here you’ll cross the Dudh Koshi, following the classic EBC route back down to Lukla.

This trek can also be done backwards; it’s up to you whether you want to head clockwise or counter-clockwise after the Namche Bazaar.

Many people recommend doing the trek counter-clockwise to avoid crossing the difficult Renjo La Pass right off the bat.

You’re best off doing this trek with a tour operator, as it’s quite off the beaten path.

  • Pros : See a little bit of everything, uncrowded trails, challenging elevation profile
  • Cons : Riskier terrain than classic EBC trail, long stretches with no facilities
  • Length : ~21 days (150km/90 miles)
  • Highest point : Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft)

Island Peak (Imja Tse)

Experienced trekkers who wish to try their hand at mountaineering might be interested in summiting Island Peak (6,189 m/20,305 ft).

To master the glaciers and icy headwall during the ascent of these peaks, you’ll need to use crampons, an ice ax and potentially a ladder and ropes to cross the crevasses, depending on the weather.

Tour operators claim you can learn these skills on the fly, but it’s better to have some prior mountaineering experience before you tackle these routes, which are significantly more challenging.

That being said, Island Peak is a relatively “easy” climb as far as climbs go, so it’s a good option if you’re looking to expand your repertoire. 

Since a detailed itinerary of Island Peak is outside the scope of this article, be aware that the general packing list doesn’t include the specialized mountaineering equipment you need for this trek.

Likewise, ascending Island Peak takes you above 6,000m and will probably not be covered by standard travel insurance providers, so check with your local mountaineering association for options.

Practical Information

What will I eat? How much will the trip cost? These are the questions most frequently asked.

As a general rule, the tea house lodgings themselves are very, very cheap with the condition that you eat dinner and breakfast in the same lodge.

This is where your costs will really add up – food is very expensive – so check with your tour operator when booking to see if meals are included.

Food on the trek is repetitive but nourishing. The meals are carb-heavy – think pasta dishes, dahl baht or “sherpa stew” with veggies and noodles.

What other trek offers the convenience of stopping in at a tea house or bakery for a hot lunch or freshly baked pastry? Just be prepared for stretches where you won’t see a tea house for several hours.

Hot drinks are readily available, and a popular treat is a deep-fried Mars bar. Don’t leave without trying one!

Most people recommend going vegetarian during the trek. Sagarmatha National Park has a no-kill policy so all meat has to be carried up by porters or yaks and is never very fresh, so there’s a real risk of getting sick.

Much of the garbage that’s disposed of in the villages ends up getting burned on-site, which really makes you consider the impact of your waste.

Before wantonly throwing plastic into the garbage cans, try to reduce what you use and pack out as much as you can.

The budget for your trip will vary widely depending on whether you’re trekking independently or going with a tour operator.

If you are booking with a tour operator, the flight price and permit prices should be included – usually you’ll have to pay for your guide’s flight as well.

Tour prices run from about USD 1000 to 3000 depending whether you go local or get a Western tour operator.

Budget around USD 400 for the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport, including your guide’s ticket. If you go independently, consider getting help from a local agency for buying your flight tickets.

Flights have a way of being overbooked and you’re more likely to get on the plane if a local agent is vouching for you. On this note, factor in a few buffer days for your flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu, in case of weather or overbooking delays. 

Nationals of all countries except India will need a visa to enter Nepal, which costs USD 25 for 15 days, USD 40 for 30 days and USD 100 for 90 days.

You’re best off getting the 30-day visa even if your trek is only scheduled to take two weeks, as weather and other factors might extend the trip unexpectedly. For the most part, you can get your visa when you land in Nepal.

It used to be mandatory to purchase a Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS) card, but the laws on this are constantly changing and there is a new local tax being charged, so check before you go unless your tour operator is arranging paperwork for you.

You will need a Sagarmatha National Park entry permit, which you can get ahead of time or at Monjo, when entering the park.

The price of the permits will normally be included in the trip price if going with a tour operator. Bring several passport photos for the permits.

All Set: Are You Ready?

The name “Everest” may sound intimidating, but this is actually one of the more approachable multi-day treks out there.

If you have a reasonable fitness level and are comfortable walking uphill for several hours a day carrying a heavy backpack, then you should be able to complete the trek. The key is to go slowly to avoid altitude sickness.

You don’t need special mountaineering know-how or an incredible level of fitness. The hike to EBC is a relaxed one, as hikes go.

The pace is slow, to allow you the time to acclimatize, so you’ll have plenty of free hours to peruse the village cafés, tuck into a slice of apple pie and snuggle up with a good book or make friends over a game of cards back at the teahouse.

That being said, of course it’s a good idea to prepare for the trek by hitting the gym in the months prior to your departure, and plenty of practice hikes starting two months before you go.

Don’t forget to practice hiking with a heavy backpack on! Check out this article for more tips on preparing for an uphill hike .

In total, the trek is around 130km/81 miles round trip, with an elevation gain of 2,685m/8,809ft between Lukla (2,860 m) and Kala Patthar (5,545 m).

It’s usually done in just under two weeks, including rest days for acclimatization. The outward leg will take longer and you can expect to trek 5-6 hours per trekking day, covering an average of 15km/9 miles.

The hike from EBC back to Lukla will go much faster since you’ll already be acclimatized.

Plenty of people with no prior trekking experience manage to complete the EBC trek and you can too! Like any non-technical trek at altitude , the key is a proper pace, a decent level of fitness and most of all, a good attitude!

Have you been trekking in Nepal? Let us know about it in the comments section below!

Disclaimer : This post is for information only and is not intended to replace the advice of an experienced guide. Always do your research and check with local weather stations, etc. before attempting to undertake treks in the wild. Distances are approximate and routes may vary depending on your tour operator.

Photos via Depositphotos.

  • Insider’s Guide to Hiking Machu Picchu
  • Inspirational Mountains: Exciting Summits for Ordinary Hikers
  • Climbing Kilimanjaro: Everything you Need to Know
  • Four Pass Loop (This Hiking Trail Should Be at the Top of Your List)

Best Hiking Gaiters: Essential Gear for Every Trail Adventurer

The best of outdoor and camping near berlin, the ultimate guide to using a tent footprint, 15 best 6 person tents reviewed -which one is worth buying, safety guide: using propane heaters in tents, the ultimate guide to the best camping blankets, best sleeping pads for backpacking for a comfortable night on the trail, best summer sleeping bags for backpacking, how to choose the best camp cookware for your outdoor adventure, best backpacking spork: fuel your adventure, do you need a camping car heater how to stay warm on long trips, carolina beach camping revealed: discover the gem of the south, 51 gifts for outdoorsmen: gear he can’t live without.

Last update on 2024-07-17 / Affiliate links / Images from Amazon Product Advertising API

 alt=

Automated page speed optimizations for fast site performance

  • / Himalayan Treks
  • / Everest Base Camp Trek

THE BUCKET LIST TREK

Everest base camp trek.

Adventure Consultants Chorten at Mount Everest Base Camp. The Khumbu Glacier and Mount Everest behind.

The trek to Everest Base Camp is among the most dramatic and picturesque in the Himalaya. The scenery is varied and spectacular, the lodgings and tracks are of a very high standard, and the interaction with the local Sherpa people is truly memorable.

Our pre-monsoon treks are unique in that we have the privilege of staying overnight at Base Camp. Our days spent exploring Base Camp give us an appreciation of the inner workings of expedition life, while our post-monsoon departure enjoys the clear skies and pristine views of the autumnal trails. Those joining our April 8 departure have the added experience of trekking alongside our Everest climbing expedition members enroute to Base Camp. We have specially developed the itinerary to combine a mix of fascinating cultural highlights into the journey. Initially you can enjoy the diversity of Kathmandu by visiting ancient temples that remain the spiritual focus for the Nepalese people. An experience not to be missed is the colour and bustle of the Thamel district, famous for its shopping and restaurants.

The trekking route ascends the Khumbu Valley on well-formed trails that provide foot access between villages for the Sherpa people. With many of the world's highest mountains to admire and all the varied and interesting people to see and meet, there is always plenty to see and assimilate along the way. Every day has the ability to astound you with new and interesting experiences!

  • Discover the majestic Khumbu
  • Stay in Sherpa homes and lodges
  • Climb Kala Patar with dramatic views of Everest
  • Pre-monsoon trips overnight at the AC Everest Base Camp

Intermediate

5,554m/18,222ft.

Arrive in Kathmandu, team briefing

Gear checks and sightseeing

Fly to Lukla 2,860m/9,383ft and trek to Phakding 2,610m/8,563ft

Trek to Namche Bazaar  3,440m/11,286ft

Rest day and sightseeing

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche  3,970m/12,696ft

Tengboche to Pheriche  4,270m/14,009ft  or Dingboche  4,410m/14,469

Rest day in Pheriche or Dingboche, morning hike

Pheriche or Dingboche to Lobuche  4,940m/16,207ft

Rest day in Louche, morning hike

Trek to Everest Base Camp, overnight at AC Everest Base Camp  5,300m/17,400ft

Base Camp to Gorak Shep Camp in the afternoon  5,165m/16,950ft

Gorak Shep Camp to Kala Patar  5,550m/18,209ft , descend to Pheriche or Dingboche

Trek to Namche Bazaar

Trek to Lukla

Spare day for weather delays

Fly Lukla to Kathmandu

Depart from Kathmandu

Arrive in Kathmandu, team briefing

Fly to Lukla 2,860m/9,383ft , trek to Phakding 2,610m/8,563ft

Trek to Everest Base Camp 5,300m/17,400ft , return to Lobuche

Descend to Pangboche

Adventure Consultants Everest Base Camp Trek Map

Departures and Pricing

Looking for a specific date? Book a private trek

The trek to Everest Base Camp is challenging and you MUST train for several months before departure to make your trip as enjoyable as possible. Training should include regular walking on hills, in combination with swimming, light running or biking and gym work to develop strength. We recommend the Everest Base Camp Training plan from Uphill Athlete .

You must be well-balanced and confident when hiking variable, uneven terrain to achieve this trek.

No prior altitude experience required.

Trekkers stand in front of Ama Dablam, the jewel of the Khumbu Valley. Prayer flags wave above.

Because we want you to remember this trek for being so much more than just a hike, we at Adventure Consultants have taken enormous pleasure in planning a fusion of all the best components that we know make this a truly memorable experience.

We are renowned for our quality of service and the strategy applied to our treks. Our reputation is attributed to meticulous planning and experienced logistics coordination. We have a philosophy of investing in every trip to offer our trekkers the best possible experience.

We employ strong and specialised trek leaders and Sherpa staff, who are some of the most pre-eminent in the industry. We pride ourselves on operating with small teams and the best back-up and support available. This includes nutritious and ample quantities of food, comfortable base camp facilities, reliable communications systems and the necessary medical back up. Our staff are the most affable Western or Sherpa guides working in conjunction with our excellent cooking teams, to promise you the experience of a lifetime!

Many of our team members come to us because they have seen us in action on a previous trip and decide to opt for our level of service and proven experience. Others return because they know we do our very best to make our trips safe and successful.

Reaching a high point above Dingboche on an acclimatisation hike

The price of your trek includes the following:

  • Qualified and experienced trek leaders
  • Helicopter flights Kathmandu-Lukla and return
  • High end lodging
  • Overnight at Everest Base Camp (pre-monsoon)
  • Small groups
  • Comprehensive pre-trip support from our New Zealand office

Yaks carry loads in the upper Khumbu Valley

Wide open spaces at the top of the world! Our Everest Basecamp Trek takes you there and back in style seeing the best of the Khumbu Valley region, with our expert guiding, local knowledge from three decades of trek guiding  and quality logistics.

Everest Base Camp Trek crew about to board their helicopter to fly to Lukla

Adventure Consultants utilise helicopter transport for flights to and from Lukla. Helicopter egress is available from Everest Basecamp for those who prefer not to walk out and would like a shorter trip.

Statue of Tenzing Norgay Sherpa at Namche Bazar with Everest, Lhotse and Ama Dablam in the background.

Iconic views of the big peaks of the Khumbu Valley including Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse and Ama Dablam make this a really special trip, plus visiting all the villages along the way.  

AC Guide Mark Austin

"The Everest Base Camp Trek was a lifelong dream for me. However, just because one has decided to pursue a life’s dream doesn’t mean one will return home with a trip of a lifetime. You were indispensable in me being able to handle the day-today challenges of the trek. For this I am forever grateful."

A trekker sits on the famous 'Trekkers Rock' which marks the entrance to Everest Base Camp, the West Shoulder of Mount Everest standing tall in the background.

"Everest Base Camp was amazing!! I loved the food, facilities and all the wonderful people who served us while we were there – the food was wonderful – it couldn’t be improved on in any way shape or form and will always be a magical and memorable two days in my life. Thank you so much to everyone who was there...."

The Adventure Consultants Everest Basecamp with the spectacular peaks to the south including Cholatse catching the sun first thing in the morning.

"Wow! We had a fantastic trip. Nepal has such a beautiful vibe , it has left me wanting to go back for more!"

A nak loaded with supplies crossing the famous Hillary Bridge near Namche, Nepal.

"I really want to thank you the entire Adventure Consultant Team for this lifetime experience . I will never forget walking on the clouds, crossing the bridges, the stupas, the praying wheels, and … the Himalayas. Everest and Ama Dablam, words and sights that I will never forget. Namaste!"

A team climbs through the alpine zone towards the summit of Kilimanjaro

The highest point in Africa, Kilimanjaro , is perhaps one of 
the best-known mountains in the world. It is the easiest of the Seven Summits and definitely the most romantic!

View of Everest, Cholatse and surrounding peaks from Gokyo Ri.

Grab your gear and let's go to Gokyo ! Extend your Everest Base Camp adventure by adding the breathtaking Gokyo Valley to your trek.

The AC Everest Base Camp Trek #1 team stand at the entrance to EBC, all smiles having reached their goal.

Claire's Footsteps

All Destinations , Asia , Nepal

Best everest base camp trek itinerary (12 days).

A large, white Buddhist stupa decorated with painted eyes, standing against a mountainous backdrop with snowy peaks under a clear blue sky.

Whether you’re planning on hiking in Nepal with a guide or trekking the Khumbu region independently, this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary should give you a clear idea about what to expect. 

Everest Base Camp has been on my bucket list for 15 years, ever since I learned about the Himlayas at school. 

But I never had a chance to do it until Spring 2024, when my partner’s friends organised a group of us to undertake the hike. 

When I was preparing for the hike, I was full of questions. How much money do I need? Is it safe? How should I train? 

But, above all, what is the standard Everest Base Camp trek itinerary? 

We were provided an itinerary for the trail, but I was craving more details. 

So, when I was doing the trek, I decided to put together our detailed Everest Base Camp itinerary to help any future hikers! 

This is the standard itinerary that’s followed by most tour groups, with a few variations, and my experience and thoughts about it. If you’re hiking independently I have put a few suggested tweaks in that I think could improve the itinerary.

Let’s get into it! 

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

The typical Everest Base Camp itinerary is as follows:

  • Day 1: Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla; trek to Phakding
  • Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazar
  • Day 3: Acclimatization day in Namche Bazar
  • Day 4: Namche Bazar to Tengbouche
  • Day 5: Tengbouche to Dingboche
  • Day 6: Acclimatization day in Dingboche
  • Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche
  • Day 8: Lobuche to Gorak Shep; visit Everest Base Camp
  • Day 9: Hike to Kala Patthar; return to Gorak Shep; trek down to Pangboche
  • Day 10: Pangboche to Namche Bazar
  • Day 11: Namche Bazar to Lukla
  • Day 12: Flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu

An expansive view of a mountain village with multi-colored buildings spread across a broad valley, surrounded by towering, cloud-capped mountains.

This is the itinerary that most tour companies use, give or take a few stops (for example, some groups hike to Manjo rather than Phakding on the first day, or stay in Periche rather than Pangboche on day 9).

And of course, if you’re trekking independently, yours might look a bit different.

Here’s what to expect on each day!

Day one – Fly to Lukla – hike to Phakding

A woman with long brown hair gazes thoughtfully out the window of an airplane, viewing a hazy sky and distant terrain below.

  • Start Elevation: Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
  • End Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
  • Elevation Loss: 250 meters (820 feet)
  • Distance: Approximately 8 km (5 miles)
  • Difficulty: Easy

Your Everest Base Camp hike begins by flying to Lukla airport – often dubbed the “world’s most dangerous airport” ( you can see my thoughts on it here ). 

The timing of your flight can vary greatly – it depends on the weather, which is incredibly temperamental at Lukla (as expected at 2,800 metres altitude) and how many passengers. Flights might depart as early as 6 AM or as late as mid-afternoon. 

Keep in mind, there’s a 50% chance flights could be cancelled due to weather. If this happens, you might need to wait for the next available flight (which could be the next day) or opt for a helicopter ride at an additional cost (we were told that this would be $400 per person, although I have heard of people paying much cheaper). 

Upon arrival in Lukla – elevation 2,860 meters – you’ll feel the anticipation buzzing through the crisp mountain air. 

Compared to other villages along the trail, Lukla is positively cosmopolitan, with a variety of shops and tea houses. 

The trek to Phakding is a gentle introduction to the Himalayan terrain. 

It’s mostly downhill (although there are some ups, too – this is Nepali Flat ) and takes about 3 to 4 hours, covering around 8 kilometres. As you descend to Phakding (2,610 metres), you’ll pass through beautiful landscapes dotted with traditional Sherpa villages and monasteries and walk along the Dudh Koshi River.

The path is well-maintained, with plenty of spots to rest, grab a snack or use the toilet. While the altitude here is significant, it’s generally not high enough to trigger acute mountain sickness, though some of us started feeling the elevation! 

Some hikers continue to Monjo, but whether you’ll be able to do this depends on what time your plane lands. I wouldn’t recommend counting on being able to hike past Phakding.

A pile of Mani stones painted with Buddhist mantras, including a sign that reads "Everest Route Good Luck," set against a mountainous backdrop.

My Suggestions

For a less tiring start to this journey, I’d advise spending the night in Ramechhap or flying to Lukla a day early.

Staying in Kathmandu requires waking up around 2am for the drive to Ramechhap, which can be exhausting even before your trek begins! 

Many tour companies offer accommodation arrangements in these locations – if you’re on a private tour, just ask your organiser before heading out.

Where to stay

We stayed in Trekkers Lodge Phakding , which was cosy and well-appointed – I loved the outdoor sitting area with views of the hills! Rooms were en-suite, with a shower – although the water was freezing cold. 

Day Two –  Phakding to Namche Bazar

A river flows through a mountainous landscape with pine trees, under hazy skies with distant peaks barely visible.

  • Start Elevation: Phakding – 2,610 meters (8,563 feet)
  • End Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
  • Elevation Gain: 830 meters (2,723 feet)
  • Distance: Approximately 10-12 km (6-7.5 miles)
  • Difficulty: Moderate

Today is your first full day on the trail! 

Today’s trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar is where the real climbing begins. 

The hike starts with a pleasant walk along the Dudh Koshi River, but don’t be fooled by the easy path – it will get more difficult! You’ll cover approximately 10 to 12 kilometres today, which usually takes about 5 to 7 hours without breaks, depending on your pace.

As you leave Phakding, the trail meanders through magnificent pine forests, crossing and recrossing the river several times on suspension bridges draped with prayer flags that flutter in the wind. I found these bridges to be rather hair-raising, but they are stable! 

The most famous is the Hillary Suspension Bridge , named after the first Westerner to summit Everest (along with Sherpa Tenzing Norgay ). 

Elevation gain is a key part of today’s hike, as you ascend from Phakding at 2,610 meters to Namche Bazar at 3,440 meters – this is quite a lot of altitude to gain at once, but unfortunately, there’s not really anywhere else you can stop (as you’ll gain most of this elevation on the steep climb up to Namche!). 

As you approach the village, you might start feeling the altitude – I found the last ascent into Namche particularly challenging. 

Namche Bazar, often considered the gateway to the high Himalayas and the largest town in the Everest region, is a bustling sherpa community that offers a warm welcome to trekkers. Here, you’ll find an array of cafes, bakeries shops and the world’s highest Irish pub !

It’s a cultural hub where trekkers can soak up the local culture and prepare for higher altitudes in the days to come.

Hotel 8848 was a fun tea house with a great atmosphere. I’d definitely recommend staying here, and try the veggie burger in the restaurant – it’s excellent!

Day Three – Acclimatization in Namche Bazar

 female hiker smiling beside an altitude marker sign at 3,775 meters, surrounded by a mountain landscape under a partly cloudy sky.

  • Activities: Hiking uphill and then down for acclimatisation
  • Difficulty: Easy to moderate

Take today to acclimatise and explore the heart of the Khumbu region, Namche Bazar. 

Your body will thank you for allowing it time to adjust to the higher altitude! 

All organised treks will include a day of acclimatisation in Namche , and I’d highly recommend doing the same if you’re hiking independently. 

However, acclimatisation doesn’t mean resting all day! In fact, the best way to acclimatise is to keep active. 

Start your morning with a short hike up about 150 meters to the Sagarmatha National Park Museum .

As it’s just above Namche, this climb not only helps with acclimatisation but you can also catch a glimpse of Mount Everest on a clear day! 

The museum itself is well worth a visit – here, you’ll discover insights into Sherpa people, the history of Everest expeditions and its geography. 

After your museum visit, continue your hike up to the Everest View Hotel.  

Aim to reach early; the views are best in the morning, as afternoons are often cloudy! 

The hotel is apparently the highest luxury hotel in the world and we visited for a cup of tea. It was surprisingly the most underwhelming—and the priciest—tea I had, served DIY style with just a pot of hot water and the raw ingredients. 

Also, note trekkers are expected to use the external bathrooms, so keep some toilet paper handy!

If I did the trek again and it was unlikely that I’d see Everest from the hotel, I’d probably stop a bit before it and return to Namche. The last part of the trail is flat, so you could just hike to 4800 metres and then descend rather than pay for the Khumbu region’s most expensive tea at the hotel! 

After lunching at our tea house, we had the afternoon at leisure. Our tea house (Hotel 8848) had hot showers which was bliss, and I did a bit of last-minute shopping! 

Day Four – ​Namche Bazar to Tengboche

Elevated view of a colorful mountain village nestled in a deep valley, with rugged mountains shrouded in clouds in the distance.

  • Start Elevation: Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
  • End Elevation: Tengboche – 3,860 meters (12,664 feet)
  • Elevation Gain: 420 meters (1,378 feet)
  • Distance: Approximately 9-10 km (5.6-6.2 miles)

First up on day four is a climb out of Namche Bazar, heading up to a path that runs above the town. Then, it’s generally flat for a while, with a few minor uphills and downhills. 

While this is fairly easy, it was here that I started feeling awful – low energy, headachey and a bit sick.

At our tea stop, I started taking Diamox as I thought it might be due to altitude sickness.

We lunched just before the infamous uphill zig-zag path that leads to Tengboche monastery. 

This path is steep and relentless – it took us about two hours to reach the top (elevation: 3,800 metres). 

Here, the air is noticeably thinner. Dominating the landscape is the majestic Tengboche Monastery. 

It’s well worth popping into – with an entry fee of just 300 rupees, it offers not only a moment of spiritual reflection but also a chance to admire its intricate artistry up close. When we visited, we even got a blessing from one of the resident monks!

Inside, the air is heavy with the scent of incense; the walls, stories high, are adorned with ancient thangkas.

However, by the time we reached the top of the zig-zags, we didn’t have the energy for a monastery visit – instead, we popped in on the way back down. 

From Tengbouche Monastery, it was a 45 minute walk to Good Luck Tea House , where we were staying for the night. 

Despite the name, this was not a lucky night for me. My nausea had worsened and I retreated straight up to our room, where I was quickly quite sick! (Luckily, we had an en-suite bathroom, unluckily, the walls were paper-thin). 

I wasn’t sure if this was altitude or food-related, but I thankfully did start feeling a lot better after I was sick. My guide was an angel and brought me dinner and reassured me that I was ok for the moment, and could see how I felt in the morning regarding altitude.  

I had one episode of diarrhoea in the night, but thankfully woke up in the morning feeling fragile, but lots better and able to continue the hike.

Good Luck Tea House was decent, although my memory of being there is marred by feeling awful!

Day Five – Tengbouche to Dingboche 

Two hikers, one male and one female, cross a suspension bridge decorated with prayer flags, surrounded by forested hills and a snowy mountain backdrop

  • Start Elevation:  Tengbouche – 3,800 meters (12,467 feet)
  • End Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
  • Elevation Gain:  610 meters (2,000 feet)
  • Distance:  Approximately 11 km (6.8 miles)
  • Difficulty:  Moderate

The trek was starting to get harder due to the altitude, but other than that, this hike is a lot more manageable than previous days.

However, as I was still quite fragile, I struggled with the first part of it! 

We weaved out of Tengbouche and through the last of the trees – after our lunch stop, we’d be hiking above the tree line. 

As the trail ascends toward Dingboche, the increase in altitude becomes more apparent, and the air noticeably thinner. 

However, the ascents are nowhere near as severe as the previous days. 

Dingboche, sitting at an altitude of 4,410 meters is a critical acclimatisation stop. It’s very important to take a day to acclimatise here!

We stayed at Good Luck Tea House again – it’s a branch of the same tea house in Tengboche – and had a couple of hours in the afternoon to relax before dinner. I couldn’t face much food – I was scared of being sick again – so I just had a bowl of plain pasta with salt and pepper. 

Day Six: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

A woman sits on a rocky outcrop, gazing up at the towering, snow-capped mountain in the background, under a clear blue sky

  • Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
  • Activities:  Short acclimatization hike
  • Total Hiking Time:  Approximately 2 hours
  • Elevation Gain:  300 meters
  • Difficulty:  Easy

Day six on the Everest Base Camp trek is a key acclimatization stop in Dingboche. There are a variety of hikes to do around the village – we opted for a fairly easy but still hilly trek. You can do longer, but for our group, this worked well to acclimatise while still having ample time to rest. 

Above Dingboche, there are three flagpoles, the highest of which is 300 meters above the town. We opted to hike to the highest one. 

 This hike is easier and shorter than the previous acclimatisation day in Namche Bazar, taking about 2 hours in total. 

I was feeling much better today, so felt quite invigorated as we hiked around!

A hikers at a viewpoint with a mountain in the distance and a village sitting before that.

There are lots of photo stops on the way too – the mountain views are stunning – including the famous rock that everyone gets a photo at. Climbing on it isn’t as scary as it looks! 

After returning to Dingboche, you have the rest of the day to relax! 

We decided to visit Cafe 4410, a popular bakery serving hot drinks, cakes and heavier meals. Try one of their luxury hot chocolates! 

We actually ended up in the cafe for hours – the waiter put on the Everest movie, so we watched that and enjoyed being stationary for a bit! 

Day Seven: Dingboche to Lobuche

Two hikers, one male and one female, smile at the camera with trekking poles in hand, backed by partially cloud-covered mountains.

  • Start Elevation:  Dingboche – 4,410 meters (14,470 feet)
  • End Elevation:  Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
  • Elevation Gain:  490 meters (1,608 feet)
  • Distance:  Approximately 7-8 km (4.3-5 miles)
  • Difficulty:  Moderate to Challenging

You’re going to hike to nearly 5,000 metres today, so buckle up! 

Leaving Dingboche behind, you’ll feel like you’re saying farewell to the vestiges of normality as the landscape transitions into more stark, alpine scenery. 

Today’s route progresses from 4,410 meters in Dingboche to 4,900 meters in Lobuche, navigating through changing terrains and increasing altitudes.

The trek starts gently – it’s more or less flat as it exits Dingboche.

Then, it follows up the valley, gradually gaining elevation slowly. 

We stopped for lunch in Thukla at the Yak Lodge. I’d recommend having the ramen noodles here (simple, but gives you hydration and energy) and avoiding the fried noodles – I had them on the way down and they were awful. 

After Thukla, it’s time to climb up the cliff face! This looks short, but the altitude and steepness mean it’ll take around an hour. 

At the top of the climb, you’ll find a memorial site which honours climbers who have lost their lives trying to summit Everest. 

It was especially poignant for us, as we’d just watched the Everest movie the day before, which focuses on the 1996 disaster .

We saw memorials to Rob Hall and Scott Fisher, who were two of the victims. It’s a harrowing reminder of how dangerous the mountains can be, but don’t worry – the dangers lie after base camp, not before it (take a look at my article about Everest Base Camp safety for more information ). 

A rock cairn topped with colorful prayer flags on a mountain ridge, surrounded by rocky terrain and a faint view of distant mountains.

After passing the smaller Lobuche Base Camp, the trek continues for another 90 minutes to reach the village of Lobuche. 

While the hike is not technically difficult aside from the uphill section, the increasing altitude makes the physical exertion feel more intense, and symptoms of altitude sickness may start to become more noticeable!

Lobuche is known for housing the world’s highest bakery ; it’s not as well stocked as Dingboche, but I was surprised to see it at all!

I can’t recommend our tea house in Loboche (Mother Earth)

It was notably less comfortable compared to previous nights, with no lights in the bedrooms and substandard toilet facilities. It also backed onto the stables, so we could smell animals from the corridor! 

This is partially due to it being such high altitude but our tea house in Gorak Shep, 300 metres higher, was a lot better!

Day Eight – Loboche – Everest Base Camp – Gorak Shep

A person stands in front of the Everest Base Camp welcome sign at 5364 meters elevation, surrounded by rocky terrain and snowy mountain peaks under a clear blue sky

  • Start Elevation: Lobuche – 4,900 meters (16,076 feet)
  • End Elevation at EBC: Everest Base Camp – 5,364 meters (17,598 feet)
  • End Elevation at Gorak Shep: Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
  • Elevation Gain: 464 meters (1,522 feet) to EBC
  • Distance: Approximately 15 km (9.3 miles) total
  • Difficulty: Challenging

Today’s the day! 

We finally reached the base of the highest mountain in the world. 

The morning journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep had relatively gentle uphills, but at altitudes surpassing 5,000 meters, the air is notably thinner—oxygen levels hover around 55% of what they are at sea level. 

This significant reduction in oxygen can make even slight inclines feel disproportionately challenging!

This was also the only area around Everest Base Camp where I felt like it was too busy. The pathway is narrow here, and lots of hikers were on their way to base camp, so it was quite chaotic at times! 

You will catch your first view of Everest Base Camp (and the Khumbu icefall) here. 

In Gorak Shep, a small settlement at 5,200 meters, we stopped for lunch and a brief rest. As I mentioned, the tea house here was much better than Loboche! 

Then, it was time for the final leg to Everest Base Camp! 

The moon visible in a clear blue sky above the snow-covered summit of a towering mountain.

The trail followed the same pattern as the morning – a net incline of 164 metres, but a lot of downhill and uphill along the route.

After around 2.5 hours, we made it! Everest Base Camp is 5,364 metres high, and it’s where summiteers stay for around two months while preparing to hike to the summit of Mount Everest, the highest point in the world. 

As a tourist, access is restricted to the periphery of the actual campsite, but even from the edges, the sense of adventure and the scale of the expeditions are palpable. 

You can catch a view of Everest from the base camp, and of course take photos with the signature rock. Although, since 2024, there’s been a sign over part of it, so photos are more limited these days! 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge , which, while basic, was remarkably better than Mother Earth in Loboche. For such high altitude, I was impressed with their food offerings. Try the hash brown!

Day Nine: Gorak Shep – Kala Patthar – Pangboche

A smiling woman wearing winter clothing stands before a rugged mountain landscape covered in snow, with the sun rising behind the peaks.

  • Start Elevation:  Gorak Shep – 5,164 meters (16,942 feet)
  • Highest Point: Kala Patthar – 5,545 meters (18,192 feet) – this is the highest altitude that you’ll go on the trek
  • End Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
  • Distance:  Approximately 15-16 km (9-10 miles)
  • Difficulty:  Challenging due to altitude and initial ascent, then easier descent

The best view of Everest isn’t actually from Everest Base Camp!

If you can handle even higher elevations, I’d recommend a pre-dawn hike from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar. 

This is just a steep climb from Gorak Shep, and while the full ascent to Kala Patthar’s peak is popular, a partial hike still offers incredible views of Everest and the surrounding peaks, some of which mark the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Not many of us in our group opted to do this trek, but I’d highly recommend it if you can get out of bed (we left at 5am). I found standing underneath the world’s highest mountains as the sun came up to be absolutely enchanting. 

The trail then leads down! We retraced our steps, back to Loboche and then further downhill. The first hour was still up and down, which was tough, but then it swiftly got easier. 

We were originally aiming for Periche on this day, which sits just below Dingboche, but ultimately decided to descend further to Pangboche, as we had daylight and knew that we’d feel better the further we descended. 

The trail was mostly downhill, and was very easy for the most part. 

We stayed at Buddha Lodge and Restaurant , which was quite cosy – we were the only people there!

Day Ten: Pangboche – Namche Bazar

A large, white Buddhist stupa decorated with painted eyes, standing against a mountainous backdrop with snowy peaks under a clear blue sky.

  • Start Elevation:  Pangboche – 3,985 meters (13,074 feet)
  • End Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
  • Distance:  Approximately 14-15 km (8.7-9.3 miles)
  • Difficulty:  Moderate

Continuing the descent, the path from Pangboche to Namche Bazar winds through beautiful Himalayan forests (the trees are back!) and traditional Sherpa villages. 

Don’t forget to visit Tengboche Monastery on the way back if you didn’t while ascending. 

The trek is mostly downhill, although just as the trail was up and down on the way up, it’s down and up on the way back! There is a particularly hilly section midway through the day.

Once you arrive in Namche, you’ll feel like you’re in the land of mod cons!

We had our first shower in a week and then went to the Irish pub for an alcoholic drink. The Irish pub also serves excellent pizza, easily the best thing I ate all week! 

We stayed at Hotel 8848 again.

Day Eleven: Namche Bazar to Lukla

A scenic view of a rushing river through a lush valley with mountain ranges in the background, dotted with rhododendrons in bloom.

  • Start Elevation:  Namche Bazar – 3,440 meters (11,286 feet)
  • End Elevation:  Lukla – 2,860 meters (9,383 feet)
  • Distance:  Approximately 18-19 km (11-12 miles)
  • Difficulty:  Challenging due to the afternoon uphill section

It’s the final day of trekking!

The first descent is easy (I do recommend hiking poles, they’ll make this part of the trek much easier), but once we were down in the valley, we then had to climb uphill.

It wasn’t as hard as climbing at high altitudes, but on the last day of the trek, the very last thing I wanted to do was go uphill some more!

However, Lukla is a welcome respite from the trekking; here, you can purchase Everest souvenirs (although you can also get these in Kathmandu) and relax at one of the tea houses. We stayed at The Nest. 

We stayed at The Nest , which is where we had lunch on the first day. We had en-suite bathrooms with showers, which could be made hot (for free!) but the beds were incredibly hard here. But, it was our last day in tea houses before we flew back to Kathmandu!

Day Eleven: Flight back to Ramechhap

Close-up of an airport runway with bold white numerical markings '12' and '24', framed by mountainous scenery and a clear blue sky.

Another 18 minute flight beckons on this day, but while it’s a very short time in the air, you could end up waiting a while for it!

For us, it wasn’t too bad. We stayed at The Nest (which is right by the airport) until it was time to check in, and then had around a 45 minute wait in the airport before we boarded. 

Then, our van was waiting for us to take us back to Kathmandu! 

If you have an international flight out of Nepal, I’d recommend leaving a couple of days before it, just in case the weather doesn’t play ball and you end up stuck in Lukla! 

How many days do I need for the Everest Base Camp trek? 

A trail winds along a mountainside with sparse vegetation and hikers walking in the distance, under a partly cloudy sky

Most Everest Base Camp itineraries are 12 days long (not including days in Kathmandu). This is because most tourists only have two weeks off work, and it lets them fit it into their holiday time. 

It’s possible to do it quicker, but I wouldn’t recommend it unless you have experience at similar altitudes. Acclimatisation is all-important on this hike! If you really need a day less, you could fit the descent into two days rather than three. 

Plus, if you’re hiking independently and are able to, I’d recommend taking longer on the hike. Allowing an extra day for acclimatisation in Namche Bazar and stopping more on the way from Namche to base camp could help you avoid feeling unwell. 

Having extra days to play with also helps in case of bad weather and flight cancellations. 

When is the best time to hike to Everest Base Camp?

A panoramic view of the Everest Base Camp area showing rocky terrain, snow, and part of a glacial area under a clear blue sky.

The best times to hike Everest Base Camp are during the pre-monsoon spring months of March, April and May, and the post-monsoon autumn months of October and November.

Spring (March, April and May):

Spring is a popular time as the weather is generally stable and relatively warm. Of course, it’ll be much colder in March than May! 

Additionally, as it’s pre-monsoon, the likelihood of rain is lower so typically the trails are dry and safer for trekking.

It’s also when most summit attempts leave from Base Camp, so you’ll see most of the activity at the actual camp at this time (usually from mid-April through May). At other times of year (including March), base camp will be a lot quieter. 

Autumn (October and November):

The Autumn season is another prime trekking time, with clear skies and temperate weather.

The air after the monsoon is fresh and clear, offering some of the best views of Everest and the surrounding Himalayas. 

Plus, the trails aren’t as crowded as they are in the spring months – but you won’t see anywhere near the amount of activity at base camp. 

Off-Peak Seasons

Trekking is possible year-round, but most hikers don’t attempt it in the monsoon season (June to early September) or winter. 

In the monsoon season, trails can be slippery, mountain views obscured and there’s a much higher chance of landslides. 

In the winter season, temperatures are freezing, with lots of snow and the chance of some passes being closed. 

Do you need a guide to hike Everest Base Camp? 

A woman wearing a cap and sunglasses stands smiling at the camera, with a backdrop of rugged, snow-covered mountains

In the Everest region, unlike other areas in Nepal, hiring a guide is not mandatory. However, I couldn’t imagine doing the hike without a guide. 

Our guide helped us manage health concerns like altitude sickness, trekking permits, ensured safe navigation on the trail (ours helped us deal with the many oxen that we had to share the trail with!), facilitated interactions with local communities, and handled logistics such as accommodations and flights. 

Their knowledge and skills in addressing sudden medical issues or route changes are invaluable. Plus, hiring guides (and porters!) helps the local economy. 

I’d also recommend hiring a porter for this reason; while it feels lazy not carrying your gear, porters are accustomed to the altitude and carrying heavy loads (although not too heavy! Ours could carry a maximum of 30kg, split between two people). Hiring them gives them work, which isn’t always easy to find in the remote Himalayas. 

Are you ready to hike Everest Base Camp? 

There’s no experience in the world quite like hiking to Everest Base Camp, seeing the world’s highest mountains and fathoming what an undertaking summitting Everest is. While it was tough, I’d recommend it to anyone who feels able to. You’ll quite literally feel like you’re on top of the world! 

I have lots of blog posts and YouTube videos to come, and I’ve already been posting on TikTok and Instagram , so hopefully I’ll be covering all bases regarding the EBC trek. If you have any questions, feel free to reach out on social media and I’ll try my best to answer you! 

' src=

  • New Zealand
  • The Philippines
  • The Netherlands
  • United Kingdom
  • Inspiration
  • Overland Itineraries
  • Packing Lists
  • Travel Tips
  • Working Abroad
  • Accomodation Guides
  • Overland Travel
  • Preserving Cultures
  • Protecting Animals
  • Living Abroad

Ours. Everest Base Camp EBC Nepal trekkers flags fun

Everest Base Camp Trek

from USD1,690

Challenge yourself to trek to the world’s most famous base camp! You’ll stay in traditional Sherpa villages and walk among the mountain gods. There are variations to the classic route that you can take, including flying home in a helicopter. Whichever route you choose, the terrain and high altitude make this a challenging trek that will test your resolve. But the rewards are immense, and we can't encourage you enough to head to Nepal to take on this incredibly beautiful adventure!

Our itineraries

Our four Everest Base Camp itineraries cater for trekkers with different time constraints and fitnesses. Our shortest itinerary lets you return from base camp via helicopter. This is our most popular option as it's not as demanding on the body and also gifts you incredible views of the Himalayas from the air! Our classic EBC trek sees you head out on the shortest route, but on the return you hike some quieter side trails to keep things interesting. Our EBC and Gokyo Lakes trek itinerary offers the classic outwards trail but then includes a longer and incredibly beautiful return route. Finally, our EBC and Three Passes trek route is for the seasoned high-altitude trekker who eats mountain passes for breakfast.

Sunrise view of Namche Bazaar village and Thamserku mountain, Khumbu valley, Nepal. Trekking route to Everest Base Camp, Himalayas.

Classic EBC trek

Tackle the classic Everest Base Camp trek, but hike back via a quieter alternative route!

Pur. Helicopter and Lhotse mountain Everest Base Camp trek

EBC trek and helicopter

Everest Base Camp is probably one of the most alluring high-altitude treks in the world!

Pur. View of Mount Everest from Gokyo valley

EBC and Gokyo Lakes

How many people get to stand next to the fluttering prayer flags of the famous Everest Base Camp? Well, you can be one of them!

Hotel Everest View, website's picture

EBC and Three Passes

The Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek is a master class in Nepal trekking!

Country info and facts

Here's all you need to know to plan a trip to Nepal and also prepare properly for the high-altitude trek to Everest Base Camp.

Nepali rupee (NPR)

Nepal has one international airport: Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM).

Usually you fly from Kathmandu to Tenzing-Hillary Airport (LUA) in Lukla to start the Everest Base Camp trek, but the former's airport is undergoing renovations and so many domestic flights aren't operating right now.

This means you need to drive south to Ramechhap Airport (RHP) and fly to Lukla from there.

Best time for Everest infographic

To learn more, please read Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp .

You can obtain a tourist visa quite easily at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu when your flight lands. The Government offers 15- and 30-day tourist visas for $30 (€27) and $50 (€45) respectively. You can learn more in Your Nepal travel questions answered .

There are no mandatory vaccinations for travel to Nepal. Note that you do need travel insurance that covers you for trekking up to 6,000 m above sea level. We also advise speaking with your GP about your travel plans. Learn more in Altitude gain on Everest Base Camp trek .

Nepal Trekking

Get your free Nepal trekking guide!

Get everything you need to know to trek in Nepal successfully in one handy PDF.

Local leader

Sonam Profile 2

Sonam G. Sherpa

Sonam, who grew up in the Everest region of Nepal, is a mountain man through and through. He's a highly experienced and knowledgeable trek guide, and someone you can trust to lead you safely through the formidable Himalayas!

Book your trip

Don't see your date? Please propose a new departure

Everest Base Camp & Helicopter

Oct 5, 2024

Oct 6, 2024

Guaranteed to run

Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes

Oct 9, 2024

Oct 13, 2024

Everest Base Camp & Three Passes

Oct 18, 2024

Oct 20, 2024

Oct 25, 2024

Oct 27, 2024

Oct 30, 2024

Nov 3, 2024

Nov 8, 2024

Nov 10, 2024

Nov 11, 2024

Nov 15, 2024

Nov 17, 2024

Don't see your dates?

We can make it happen!

See what others say

Why follow alice.

We’re one of the only travel companies worldwide with perfect 5* reviews

Customer Reviews

Easy Icon vector graphic

More Adventures

Kilimanjaro group pic summit Uhuru Peak FA flag

Climb Kilimanjaro

Safari Header

Tanzania Safari

Annapurna Circuit trekker entering village

Annapurna Circuit

Machu Picchu, Cusco region, Peru

Machu Picchu Trekking

Recommended reads.

Ours. EBC trek trekkers

Kilimanjaro and Everest Base Camp are two of the world's most famous and challenging high-altitude treks. But they're very different from one another. We discuss these differences and make the case that Kilimanjaro is the harder trek overall.

Nepal EBC trek, trekkers sitting with dog by stupa in mist

We've got some invaluable insights and advice for anyone preparing for the Everest Base Camp trek. From saving hundreds of dollars to lengthening the life of your gadgets' batteries, here are 15 things you need to know before doing the EBC trek.

Kangtega mountain and trekkers in Khumbu region

Before any great adventure comes the necessary planning. We don’t want you to lose a pinky toe to frostbite or fly home with the infamous Khumbu cough. So here's our comprehensive Everest Base Camp packing list to ensure you bring all you need with you.

Wildebeests grazing in Maasai Mara, Kenya, with setting sun

What vaccines do I need to travel to Nepal?

None. That said, you might like to visit your doctor before international travel for personalised advice. We can also recommend Fit for Travel as a good resource for health and safety advice.

How do I reach the start of the Everest Base Camp trek?

The easiest and most direct way to reach the start of the Everest Base Camp trail, which is in the town of Lukla, is to take a 30-minute flight from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Peak seasons for Everest Base Camp (EBC) are late September to November, and March to May. These months see little rain, aren't as cold as others, and tend to have good visibility. But given its increased popularity in recent years, the EBC trek route can be quite crowded during peak seasons; as many as 500 individuals can set out on the trek route each day! This is another reason why it's a good idea to do a quieter detour like we do by trekking home via Gokyo Lakes.

Learn more about the different months and their conditions in Best time to trek Everest Base Camp .

What equipment do I need for the Everest Base Camp trek?

Those trekking the Everest Base Camp route must bring: hardy, worn-in hiking boots; a winter jacket made with a quality insulating material like down; thermal under-garments; a four-season sleeping bag; and a daypack with a hydration bladder. You should also bring a duffel bag for the bulk of your belongings – you give this to a porter to carry.

For a full list of what to pack, please read Everest Base Camp packing list .

Is the Everest Base Camp trek hard?

Yes, most definitely. But it's also totally doable. There are no technical elements, so it's just about having good fitness and determination. We do recommend bringing trekking poles to help you manage the rocky and uneven sections of the trail.

Is Everest Base Camp trek dangerous?

Yes and no. The trek isn't dangerous if done under the guidance of a local guide who knows the route well and also keeps a close eye on the weather. The trail is reasonably safe, while still being a mountainous path. But this isn't a technical route, so there's no rock climbing or anything like that. The biggest dangers are the extreme weather and the high altitude. You need to bring the proper clothing and equipment to keep warm and dry, and you need to include at least one acclimatisation day during your ascent to avoid altitude sickness.

What exactly is altitude sickness?

Altitude sickness is the body reacting badly to being made to go too high too quickly. The higher we climb, the fewer oxygen molecules we breathe in per breath. Our bodies find it hard to function properly with less oxygen, and need adequate time to adapt.

Symptoms of mild altitude sickness include nausea, vertigo, headaches, loss of appetite and sleeplessness.

Severe altitude sickness can lead to HAPE or HACE, both of which can be fatal.

Please speak with your doctor before embarking on any high-altitude adventure.

Do I need traveller's insurance to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Absolutely! You should never do a high-altitude trek without traveller's insurance. At the very minimum, you should take out medical insurance, which includes helicopter evacuation. Also, the Government of Nepal won't grant you a trek permit without proof of traveller's insurance.

We discuss the type of traveller's insurance you should take out in more detail in Everest Base Camp trek cost .

If you love travel, join our newsletter

Get the latest news about hidden adventure gems, discounted launch trips and much more straight to your inbox

Atlas & Boots

The UK's most popular outdoor travel blog

Everest base camp trek sign

Everest base camp trek tips: 28 things to know before you go

Our Everest base camp trek tips cover everything from permits and teahouses to where to get the best views

I trekked to Everest base camp back in 2019. It was the start of a feverish 24 months of trekking and climbing that took me to the base camps of Earth’s highest and second-highest mountains, across the remote tundra of western Greenland and ultimately to the summit of Aconcagua – the roof of the Americas which, at 6,961m (22,837ft), is the highest peak I’ve ever climbed.

Nepal’s – and perhaps the world’s – best-loved trek is a scenic tour de force. At 8,848m (29,029ft), Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is one of just 14  eight-thousanders  as well as a  seven summit . It has captivated intrepid men and women since the first legends of mountaineering made headlines of Everest around the world.

Beyond the epic summits are Sherpa villages, picturesque forests and glacial moraines, all at their best beneath Nepal’s brilliant morning light or blissful evening alpenglow. The route makes use of unparalleled trekking infrastructure with porters and guides taking the heavy loads and cosy teahouses providing soft beds and steaming plates of dal bhat (lentils and rice) along the entire route.

Nepal instantly became one of my favourite countries and I have vowed to return as soon as possible to complete the Annapurna Circuit and Langtang treks. Perhaps one day I’ll go a step further and climb the mountain for real.

Everest base camp trek tips

Given that a few years have passed since my own trek, we asked leading Nepali trekking guides Magical Nepal for their advice on how to get the most from your Everest base camp trek .

Based in Kathmandu, they have a wealth of experience when it comes to trekking throughout the Everest region and the wider Nepali Himalayas as well as Bhutan and Tibet. Together, we have assembled the following list of Everest base camp trek tips you should know before you go.

A view of Everest base camp

1. At a glance

Duration: 14 days Distance: ~110km Max Altitude: 5,545m (18,192ft) Starts/ends: Lukla Longest day: 19.6 km/7-8 Hours Region: Everest, Sagarmāthā National Park Accommodation: 11 nights in mountain teahouses; two nights in a Kathmandu hotel

2. How long does it take?

An Everest base camp trek typically takes around 14 days which includes 11 days of trekking – although two of these will be acclimatisation/rest days. The trek takes nine days to ascend to base camp and two to descend back to Lukla.

3. How hard is the Everest base camp trek?

On a scale of one to 10, I would say it’s about a six or seven. It is a high-altitude trek, it is for 11 days, you walk for between three and eight hours a day and it can get very cold. It is a challenging trek that shouldn’t be taken lightly.

Everest base camp trek

If you have little experience with multi-day trekking or walking at altitude or aren’t particularly fit, then you will find this trek more challenging. A member of our group, a healthy thirty-something man, described it as the hardest thing he’s ever done.

That said, porters carry your heavy gear so your backpack is light, the trail is well-trodden and easy to follow and as long as you take your time and listen to advice, it is a very achievable trek. Every year, over 30,000 people from all walks of life make the trek.

4. How much does it cost and what does it include?

The Everest base camp trek can be booked through Magical Nepal , a Kathmandu-based trekking specialist with a wealth of experience in the region. Prices start from around USD $1,459 for a round trip from Kathmandu and include the following:

  • Local transfers for international flights (arrival/departure)
  • Local transfers for domestic flights
  • Return flight from Kathmandu to Lukla
  • Sagarmāthā National Park entry permit and local permits
  • Guide for 12 days
  • Porters for 11 days
  • 2 nights accommodation in a Kathmandu (Bodhi Boutique or similar)
  • 11 nights accommodation in mountain teahouses
  • 12 breakfasts, 11 lunches and 11 dinners during the trek

A pagoda along the Everest base camp trek

5. How cold does it get?

It depends on the time of year and your location on the trail. The higher you are, the colder it gets. During our trek in early April, it got as cold as -20°C on one night – although most nights were not as cold. The days varied massively. Sometimes we were hiking in shirtsleeves and sweating in the sun while on others we were in cold-weather gear while it snowed.

EBC-average-temperatures-v3

6. When is the best time to trek?

The best time to complete an Everest base camp trek is in autumn (late Sep-Nov). Days are generally dry and clear although there can be the odd shower or storm. This is also peak season so trails are at their busiest.

Another excellent time to trek is during the warmer and quieter spring (Mar-May), which is when I went (early April). This is also the time when the colourful rhododendrons bloom, generally between 2,000m and 3,000m. The drawback is that the dry weather brings dust which leads to hazier days.

Yaks along the Everest base camp trek

Dec-Feb are good months for trekking, but they are also the coldest and reaching base camp can be a real endurance test. The monsoons arrive in earnest from Jun-Sep, swelling rivers to breaking point, bringing hordes of leeches and making the trail very muddy. Many teahouses will close during these months.

7. Is there snow at Everest base camp?

Absolutely. It’s the base of the highest mountain in the world! It will of course depend on the weather and the time of year, but you should expect to find snow at base camp throughout the year.

It was snowing at base camp when we arrived

8. What should I pack?

I’ve put together a complete Everest base camp kit list . It contains everything I took with me including clothing, trekking gear, toiletries, medication, electronics and documentation.

9. Can I buy trekking gear and clothes locally?

It is possible to buy (or hire) most items on my Everest base camp kit list on arrival in Nepal. However, I wouldn’t advise leaving it that late and quality can’t always be guaranteed.

Kathmandu does have a host of outdoor shops selling much of what you’re likely to need. There is a collection of imported gear shops – with comparable prices to those in the west – spread along Tridevi Marg near Thamel.

Everest base camp kit list – warm cloth

On the trail, Namche Bazaar has some excellent equipment shops including both international ( Sherpa ,  The North Face ) and local outdoor gear shops as well as countless souvenir shops. There is also a limited assortment of shops and pharmacies in Lukla and other trailside villages en route.

Again, in Kathmandu, it’s possible to hire many items such as sleeping bags and down jackets. Trekkers should always bring their own walking boots and shoes, which should be thoroughly worn in beforehand.

10. What are the weight limits on the flight?

There are strict weight limits on the domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. The flight only allows for 10kg of checked luggage and 5kg of hand luggage. This coincides with the maximum weight porters are allowed to carry: 10kg per trekker with a maximum of two trekkers per porter.

Luggage can be stored securely at your hotel in Kathmandu, but you will need to take all your trekking gear with you. In our Kathmandu hotel, Fuji , there were some luggage scales available for guests to use.

11. What is the flight to Lukla like?

Thrilling! The morning flight to Lukla is spectacular in its own right, with the landing an exciting way to begin the trek. One end of the runway at Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla is 60m (197ft) higher than the other.

Lukla airport tips for trekking to Everest base camp

The journey to Lukla takes around 25 minutes by small propeller planes – either Dornier Do 228s or Twin Otters – that seat only 15 to 19 passengers. Spectacular views of the foothills of the Himalayas are on offer, but the weather tends to deteriorate in the afternoon.

If you suffer from travel sickness, I would advise taking some medication. At least one member of our group wished they had! Airsickness bags are provided on the flight.

12. How much should I tip guides and porters?

Tipping when travelling can be a bit of a quagmire, but the guides and porters on the trek deserve every penny they earn and then some. We suggest the following when it comes to tipping local support staff.

  • For the head guide between $20-30 USD per client, per week.
  • For porters during the trek $4-7bUSD per group, per day.
  • For drivers and local guides $1-$2 USD per client, per day.

We had a head guide, assistant guide and five porters supporting our group of 11 clients. Our guide and assistant guide were with us for 15 days and the porters for 12 days.

We each contributed around $150 USD to the tip fund which was divvied up as follows:

  • Head guide: $60 x 11 = $660
  • Assistant guide: $30 x 11 = $330
  • Porters: $60 x 11 = $660 / 5 porters = $132 each

We also collected a few dollars each for our head porter as he was particularly helpful and even invited us to his wife’s teahouse during the descent for snacks and tea.

everest base camp trek through forest

13. Can I charge my phone and camera on the trail?

It is possible to charge appliances at teahouses, but this usually incurs a charge starting from 100 NPR ($1 USD) at lower altitudes and rising to 500 NPR ($5 USD) higher up the trail. Some teahouses charge more for charging a powerbank or camera. I think the most I heard someone paying was 700 NPR ($7 USD) for a large powerbank.

Some cafes on the trail will allow you to charge a device for free if you’re buying a meal or drink.

14. Is there wifi available?

Wifi is available at many villages along the trail. However, these are some of the most remote villages in the world so connection is often interrupted or very slow – particularly when groups of trekkers arrive at the same time and all connect simultaneously!

Again, wifi costs increase as you ascend. Generally, at lower levels, it starts from around 100 NPR ($1 USD) to connect at a teahouse overnight and increases as you get higher.

Approaching a teahouse near Lobuche

The most reliable connections are the Everest Link hotspots available at most of the villages. These prepaid cards are available in 10GB and 20GB for 1,999 NPR ($20 USD) and 2,999 NPR ($30 USD) packages and last for 30 days. Cards can be bought in Kathmandu, Lukla, Namche Bazaar and in some of the smaller villages.

15. Is there phone reception?

Phone reception is of course intermittent, but there is reception at the lower villages. I made the mistake of buying a Nepal Telecom ‘Namaste’ SIM card at the airport on arrival. However, this didn’t have reception from Namche Bazaar onwards. The Ncell networ k , which my guide and some other trekkers had, appeared to have better reception further up the trail and my guide recommended them.

Both providers have outlets at the airport and throughout the country and offer a range of data packages. You’ll need a copy of your passport and a photo to obtain a SIM card.

Another option is to get a  Holafly eSIM for Nepal  so you can stay connected to the internet on your trip. We can offer our readers 5% off  Holafly  purchases. Simply use the code ATLASANDBOOTS at checkout.

16. Is it safe to drink the water?

Yes, it is safe to drink water as long as you use purification tablets. Nearly all teahouses and restaurants can provide drinking water free of charge. Only at Gorakshep (the last stop before base camp) was it necessary to buy bottled water, as there is not a natural spring nearby.

Otherwise, do not buy bottled water or bottled soft drinks on the trail. Plastic bottles are difficult to dispose of and have become a serious environmental problem.

17. What is the food like?

The food is actually pretty good along the trail. For lunch and dinner, every teahouse serves the traditional Nepali Dal Bhat (rice and lentils) as well as a variety of meals such as rice, vegetables, noodles, potatoes and soup along with Nepali versions of western food such as pizza, pasta, sandwiches and veggie burgers.

trips to everest base camp

The food on the trail was tasty and varied

Breakfast is usually a choice of porridge, various styles of eggs, toast, pancakes or the delicious (but sweet) Tibetan bread.

Do not eat meat along the trail, particularly higher up, as it has to be flown into Lukla and then transferred up the trail. Additionally, refrigeration cannot be relied upon.

Regardless, it’s much better to stick to a carb-heavy vegetarian diet as it’s just what you need on a long high-altitude trek such as this.

18. How much do meals cost?

I found I was spending around $20-30 USD per day on food, hot drinks and snacks – and that often included a fee for charging a device, a hot shower or wifi.

However, if joining an organised trek, all meals along the trail are usually included in the price so you only have to pay for your meals in Kathmandu.

If you’re travelling independently, allow for between $400-600 USD in total for meals along the trail. The cost of food and drinks gets more expensive the higher you trek.

19. Can I take a shower during the Everest base camp trek?

There are some hot showers at teahouses on the trail at an additional cost ($3-5 USD). I took two hot showers during the trek. The rest of the time I just had cold-water washes.

Only have showers at teahouses with solar heaters. Don’t use water heated by wood, as a lack of firewood in villages is a big environmental concern in Nepal. Your guide will be able to advise you.

20. Is the Everest base camp trek dangerous?

All high-altitude treks involve a certain degree of risk. However, if you follow these Everest base camp trek tips, along with the advice of your guide and adhere to the set acclimatisation itinerary, then most healthy people will complete the trek without any serious issues.

The Everest Memorial at Chukpi Lhara

The important thing with high-altitude trekking is to not rush, go at your pace and listen to your body. Read our detailed guide on how to identify, treat and prevent altitude sickness symptoms .

21. Should I take Diamox?

This is very much down to the individual. I didn’t take Diamox, but I have been up to this altitude several times before so knew what to expect. However, I did have some with me in case I felt bad at the higher altitudes.

The best advice I can give is what trekking guides have told me in the past. Have some Diamox with you and take it as soon as you start to feel the pulsing headaches that are synonymous with altitude sickness . He said it’s good to have some available at the higher altitudes – particularly at Gorakshep where you sleep at 5,300m – so you can use it to help you get a good night’s sleep.

22. Do I need sunscreen?

Yes! Despite the cold, the sun is intense. Make sure you wear sunscreen with an SPF of at least 40, lip balm with SPF protection, sunglasses and a sunhat.

A suspension bridge along the Everest base camp trek

23. What sort of travel insurance do I need?

One of the most important Everest base camp trek tips is to make sure you select a travel insurance policy that has sufficient medical coverage. It must have a minimum coverage of $200,000 USD for repatriation and emergency rescue. Make sure you check how your policy covers ‘dangerous activities’ such as trekking at altitude and mountaineering.

It must cover the possibility of a helicopter evacuation for trekkers and general medical evacuation to Bangkok or Delhi, which alone can cost $40,000 USD.

24. Do I need a trekking permit?

To trek to Everest base camp you must enter Sagarmāthā National Park  where you will need to pay a national-park fee. For foreigners, not from a South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) country, the fee is 3,000 NPR ($30 USD) per person. A full list of park entry fees in Nepal can be found here .

Sagarmāthā National Park sign along the Everest base camp trek

If you’re joining an organised trek, the fee should be included in the trip cost.

25. Are the teahouses warm?

There is usually a large dining room-cum-lounge with a stove in the centre where trekkers hang out in the evenings. The stove is usually lit in the early evening so the room gets pretty cosy.

However, the bedrooms remain chilly, to say the least. A blanket is often supplied which, combined with your sleeping bag, means you should be warm enough once safely cocooned in your bedding. The cold certainly never stopped me from getting a good night’s rest.

26. Can I drink alcohol along the trail?

There are teahouses, restaurants and even bars in the villages along the trail that serve alcohol. However, I wouldn’t recommend drinking any alcohol until you’re on your way down.

Some members of our group drank alcohol on the way up and they all suffered for it. On the way down you’ll be accustomed to the altitude and in a far better state to enjoy a snifter or two.

Furthermore, drinking higher up the trail just encourages demand. All those cans of beer you don’t need have to be carried on the backs of porters and yaks.

27. Can I see Everest from base camp?

Yes, although because of the angle it is somewhat obscured by Lhotse, Nuptse, the West Shoulder and the South Col. The best views of the Everest massif and the Khumbu Icefall are from the nearby summit of Kala Patthar.

Everest base camp trek everest peak

On my trek, no one fancied the optional early morning hike up Kala Patthar, so I dragged myself out of bed and headed off alone. I didn’t have enough time to make it to the summit, but I got as high as the plateau which still offered some excellent views. The wind was lashing and it was ferociously cold, but I do regret not getting up a bit earlier and making the full ascent.

28. Is the Everest base camp trek worth it?

Without a doubt, yes.

After over 100km of high-altitude trekking amid soaring peaks, Sherpa villages, picturesque forests and glacial moraine concluding at the foot of the world’s highest mountain, I can safely say the experience was everything I hoped it to be.

Enjoyed this post? pin it for later…

Everest base camp trek tips Pinterest pin

Lead image: Daniel Prudek/Shutterstock

You might also like:.

mountaineering calendar whitney usa

Best Time to Visit

Weather & Climate

Kathmandu Airport Guide

Top Destinations in Nepal

One Week in Nepal

Tipping Guide

Getting Around

Top Things to Do in Nepal

Complete Guide to Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Pokhara

Sacred Sites

Amazing Festivals

Top National Parks

Must-Try Food

Annapurna Circuit

Manaslu Circuit

Himalaya Trail

Facts About Mt. Everest

Trek to Everest Base Camp

Everything You Need to Know About Trekking to Everest Base Camp

trips to everest base camp

Jason Maehl / Getty Images

Everest Camp II (2)

Trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Sagarmatha National Park is the adventure of a lifetime. Although actually climbing Mount Everest is out of reach for many of us, anyone with enough grit and good enough fitness can reach EBC and the Khumbu Icefall, the starting point for climbing Mount Everest. (You’ll need an $11,000 permit and some serious equipment to go any higher from there!)

The Himalayan scenery here is unrivaled on earth. Snowy sentinels will witness your struggle toward the top of the world , while stupas, prayer flags, and Sanskrit tablets will remind you of the spiritual significance of the area. Sadly, the numerous memorials to hikers who perished along the trail underscore the seriousness of your undertaking.

You’ll battle freezing cold, thin air, weather changes, and your own body as you ascend. Once at Everest Base Camp, you won’t even get to see the famous mountain itself unless you take a day to climb Kala Patthar (18,519 feet), an adjacent prominence that affords views of the “Holy Mother” when weather permits.

Read on for our complete guide to the Everest Base Camp trek, with information on what to pack, when to go, EBC tours, and more. Note that we’ll only cover getting to South Base Camp in Nepal, not North Base Camp in Tibet .

What to Expect

Trekking to Everest Base Camp involves hiking between lodges (or “teahouses”) found in villages along the trail. Some days may only consist of four hours or so of uphill trekking, depending on how much elevation is gained that day. Sometimes, you’ll have the option of pushing on to another village higher up—but no matter what, you will never gain more than 1,312 feet (500 meters) in a day.

Once above the tree line, the common rooms in your lodges will invariably be heated by yak dung-burning stoves. Weary hikers will hang around these stoves, warming themselves and socializing before retiring early to their unheated rooms. The shared toilets are sometimes located in snowy outhouses.

The village of Namche Bazaar (11,290 feet) is considered the last fully “civilized” stop on the trek to Everest Base Camp. Here, trekkers can enjoy treats from a German bakery while watching screened documentaries. You’ll find last-minute gear and souvenirs for sale along with the last ATM on the trail. You can even indulge at the “highest Irish pub in the world” on your way down after a successful trek!

When's the Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time for trekking to Everest Base Camp is in either spring (March to May) or fall (September to November). If you want to see the camp in full form with climbers, support teams, and film crews, you’ll need to time your trip with spring climbing season, usually late April or early May. This is also the busiest time to be in Nepal .

For less traffic on the trails, consider making your trek to Everest Base Camp in September or October. Unfortunately, this means hiking in cooler weather with even less daylight than usual.

Avoid making the trek during monsoon season in summer. Humidity reduces beautiful views at lower elevations, and snowfall closes trails at higher elevation.

Adisorn Fineday Chutikunakorn / Getty Images

Should I Book a Tour or Go Independently?

There are three options for completing a trek to Everest Base Camp:

  • Book a group tour and have all arrangements made for you.
  • Make the trek to Everest Base Camp independently .
  • Arrive in Nepal, then hire a guide and/or porter yourself.

No matter which option you choose, try to spend an additional day at Namche Bazaar. The extra time at 11,290 feet reduces some of the effects of elevation later; you’ll enjoy a better overall trekking experience and suffer less. The extra day isn’t “wasted”—many day hikes around Namche Bazaar provide beautiful views while giving your body time to adjust. Your chances of successfully reaching Base Camp vastly improve if you spend more time at Namche Bazaar.

Everest Base Camp Tours

Although the most expensive option by far, having everything organized before you arrive provides peace of mind. You’ll be taken care of all along the way, with access to better safety measures such as supplemental oxygen. Bigger companies use yaks to take your gear ahead; you’ll find it waiting for you in your teahouse room at the end of each hiking day.

You can book an Everest Base Camp tour online from home, or if time permits, do so after arriving in Kathmandu . Booking on the ground through a Nepalese agency saves money and better helps the local economy. You’ll find trekking agencies on every corner in Thamel, but unfortunately, not all are reliable. Choose a reputable agency that’s a member of the Trekking Agencies’ Association of Nepal . You can see in the member directory how long an agency has been in operation, and hopefully, make a better informed decision.

Independent Trekking

First, independently trekking to Everest Base Camp doesn’t necessarily mean solo trekking. Trekking alone in the Himalayas is dangerous no matter your experience level. A simple slip or unexpected weather change could keep you from reaching the next teahouse before temperatures plummet at night.

Independent trekkers can save a lot of money by foregoing organized tours and simply teaming up with other trekkers they meet along the way. (Everyone you meet in the lodges is going in one of two directions: up or down!) The well-marked trail to Everest Base Camp is busy during peak trekking seasons, giving you the best chance of meeting new friends who match your speed and fitness level.

Going independently does carry some risk, of course. You’ll be responsible for your own well-being and making important decisions. On the other hand, you’ll be able to set your own pace and make adjustments based on how well your body acclimatizes. A majority of hiker deaths on the trail each year occur when people in group excursions are suffering from Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) but don’t speak up. They fear slowing everyone down, or don’t want to forfeit reaching Everest Base Camp.

If guiding yourself, pick up a good trail map in Kathmandu. Don’t rely solely on electronic devices for making survival decisions! You’ll also need to store your luggage at a trustworthy guesthouse or hotel in Kathmandu. Locking duffel bags and padlocks can be purchased in local shops; some owners will buy them back once you return from your trek.

Hiking Guides and Porters

Rest assured: Your pack is going to feel heavier at 15,000 feet than it does at home! Even as an independent trekker, hiring a local guide and/or porter are options. Hiring directly ensures money goes to the Sherpas instead of a Western tour agency that managed to rank well online. Expect to pay between $15 to $20 a day for a porter or $25 to $30 a day for a guide.

You’ll need to negotiate terms and contingencies before hitting the trail. Paying up to half of the porter’s fee up front is common, and you will also be expected to tip guides and porters after the trip. Finalize details and other expenses to avoid a potential disagreement. The agreed daily rate should include their meals, drinks, and accommodation so you aren’t asked for money later.

Guides will approach you on the street in Thamel, however, you should hire only a credible and licensed guide through either a trekking company or your accommodation. You may still be able to hire a porter later on the trail by speaking to the staff at your lodge.

How Much Does It Cost to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The cost of trekking to Everest Base Camp depends entirely upon your needed level of comfort. One indelible rule holds on the trail: Prices rise as elevation rises. That 50-cent candy bar from Kathmandu is worth $7 at 17,000 feet!

Extremely basic accommodation in teahouses can be found for as low as $5 per night. You’ll be expected to have your meals where you stay. A hearty Nepalese meal of dal bhat can be enjoyed for $6 or less, but expect to pay much more for Western food. A can of Coke can cost up to $5; remember, it’s heavy and had to be carried up by a porter.

Other luxuries add to the cost of life on the trail. A (somewhat) warm shower can cost $5. Charging electronic devices and accessing the internet, if available, cost several dollars an hour, and the solar charging systems are often slow and provide only a weak charge. Depending on your food and drink indulgences, plan to spend $20 to $30 a day living on the trail. This excludes any fees you pay to porters and guides.

If not already covered, your greatest expense will be the short flight to and from Lukla. The 30-minute flight can cost around $180 each way.

Do You Need a Permit for Everest Base Camp?

You’ll need at least two permits for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Your tour organizer will probably provide these, but you’ll need to arrange them yourself if trekking independently.

  • Sagarmatha National Park Permit: Get this at the Nepal Tourism Board office in Kathmandu (approximately $25).
  • Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Permit: You will get this permit from a checkpoint in Lukla; it isn’t available in Kathmandu (approximately $17).
  • Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit: You only need this permit from the Tourism Board if doing the longer trek to Everest Base Camp from Jiri instead of flying to Lukla (approximately $17).

The permit system changed in 2018. Disregard any information you read elsewhere about needing a TIMS card for the trek to Everest Base Camp.

Greg Rodgers

What to Pack

Kathmandu, particularly in Thamel, has more than enough outfitting shops for gearing up. Unfortunately, those same shops are stacked with counterfeit gear that probably won’t survive the hardships of the trek. Sifting through the piles of used gear in dark shops requires patience. Prices are inflated, so put your game face on and start haggling !

If you booked a guided tour, find out what your tour company plans to provide (e.g., hiking poles, down jackets, etc) before shopping. Consider bringing mission-critical items from home so that equipment failure doesn’t affect your experience. For instance, you’ll need quality sunglasses to prevent eye injury. Sunglasses for sale locally may have “UV Protection” stickers on them but don’t offer much actual protection.

  • Good hiking boots. You should invest in high-quality, waterproof hiking boots and break them in properly before you leave home; painful blisters can ruin an otherwise-excellent trek.
  • Lightweight sleeping bag. Rooms along the trek are unheated. Lodges provide weighty blankets for the freezing nights, but you'll appreciate having a layer between you and the unwashed bedding. Even a lightweight silk “sleep sheet” will do the trick.
  • Alternate footwear. After removing your muddy hiking boots, a pair of lightweight shoes or sandals comes in handy for wearing around lodges and shared bathrooms.
  • Water purification: As elevation increases, so does the cost of bottled water and need to reduce plastic waste. You’ll be drinking more than ever to counter dehydration in the dry air. Although there are many options, the two-bottle, chlorine dioxide system from Aquamira is a reliable solution.
  • Trail snacks: Candy bars and nuts provide a much-needed boost to energy and morale while on the trail or in the lodge.
  • USB power bank: Keeping batteries charged in the extreme cold is a challenge. If you plan to use a phone for photos or communication, you’ll want to bring along a rugged power bank.
  • Diamox tablets: Diamox (acetazolamide) is medication for countering the dangerous effects of AMS. Guides should have some on hand, but independent trekkers will want to buy Diamox to carry. Beware of fake tablets for sale in Kathmandu. Purchase only from legitimate pharmacies—not from shops—and discuss how to use them.

If you won’t be taking your poles and other gear home after the trek, consider giving it directly to the Sherpas you meet in Lukla.

John Elk III / Getty Images

How to Get There

Fly into Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM) and plan to spend a few days resting and preparing for the trek. Unless you’ll be starting the trek in Jiri—which requires a seven-hour bus ride and an additional five to seven days of trekking—you’ll need to book a flight to Lukla.

Taking the small prop plane from Kathmandu to Lukla (LUA) is one of the scariest and most scenic aviation experiences many travelers will have. Although not the highest airport in the world , weather and visibility changes have caused enough crashes at Tenzig-Hillary Airport in Lukla to earn it the title of “most dangerous airport in the world.”

The trek to Everest Base Camp begins in Lukla and finishes at the infamous Khumbu Icefall!

How Dangerous Is Everest Base Camp?

Although frostbite and rock slides are hazards along the trail, the biggest danger—by far—comes from the high elevation. Once symptoms of AMS begin (severe headache and nausea), you need to descend as soon as possible. Ideally, you’ll ascend slowly enough to minimize altitude sickness in the first place.

The CDC recommends never gaining more than 500 meters in one day and taking a rest day for every 1,000 meters gained. Whenever possible, you should descend to sleep at a lower elevation than the highest point reached during the day. Track and do the elevation math as though your life depends on it.

The high elevation and thinner air introduces additional risks. For one, your body will increase its production of red blood cells, causing excessive urination; be sure to drink plenty of water to avoid dehydration. Many trekkers will also experience the dry, hacking "Khumbu cough" from panting heavily in the thin air and breathing in the dust of the region. You can cover your face with a bandanna or balaclava for some protection. The cough usually goes away after time. Ultraviolet rays, too, are more damaging in the thinner air, so protect your skin, lips, and eyes by applying high SPF sunscreen and lip balm, wearing long sleeves, and donning sunglasses.

Finally, yak trains always get the right of way! Never share a bridge crossing with one, and always pass them on the “inside” of the trail. Startled yaks are unpredictable and sometimes knock trekkers off the trail.

Additional Tips

  • Take your stocking up on snacks seriously. Pack candy bars, even if you wouldn’t ordinarily indulge at home. You’ll experience strong cravings at higher elevation. Hikers are willing to spend $7 or more for Snickers bars near Everest Base Camp!
  • The weather in the Himalayas changes quickly and unpredictably. Flights to and from Lukla frequently become delayed by a day or two, maybe longer if a winter storm system sets in. Add some buffer days to your Kathmandu itinerary just in case this happens.
  • Before retiring to bed, ask your teahouse staff to pour boiling water into your bottles and use them as bed warmers. Fair warning: They’ll probably be frozen next to you in the morning!
  • Sleep with your phone and any batteries in the bed with you. Your body heat will protect battery life a little.
  • Weight limitations imposed by airlines that fly to Lukla are strictly enforced. If an airline says 33 pounds (15 kilograms), that includes all baggage , stowed or carried. Don’t risk having to forfeit gear in Kathmandu Airport because you’re a pound or two over the allowance. You can stuff some items into your pockets, within reason.

How to Go Teahouse Trekking in Nepal

Independent Trekking in Nepal

The Most Beautiful National Parks in Nepal

Everest Base Camp (Tibet Side) Visitor's Guide

Nepal's Great Himalaya Trail: The Complete Guide

The Proper Gear for Trekking the Himalaya

Solo Trekking in Nepal's Everest National Park

Five Amazing Hiking Routes Among the High Mountains of the Himalayas

The Best 12 Hikes in Nepal

How to Choose and Prepare for a Hiking Trip

The Complete Guide to Climbing Morocco's Mount Toubkal

The World's Highest Places and Attractions That You Can Visit

A Guide to Tipping in Nepal

How to Trek Nepal's Manaslu Circuit

The Top 15 Destinations in Nepal

The Explorer's Passage Logo

Everest Base Camp Trek – 13 Things to Know for Your Trip in 2024

A trekker on the hike to Everest Base Camp admires the mountain views next to prayer flags

Just a mention of the Everest Base Camp Trek (EBC) in Nepal is usually enough to stir the soul of hikers all over the world. Thousands of aspirational ramblers have gained valuable experience on this Himalayan route. Some see this hike as a rite of passage for all true trekkers. Others go on this trek because it’s a ticket to the soaring roof of the world, where an up-close encounter with the highest summit of all awaits. The Everest Base Camp in Nepal itself sits at an impressive 17,598 feet (5,364m) high, but more on its impressive heights later on.

Whatever your reason for wanting to strike the Everest Base Camp Trek from the bucket list this year or the next, this guide can help in your pursuit. It will run through all the basics of this iconic trekking route between Namche Bazaar and EBC in Nepal, detailing the best time of year to go, what sort of challenges can be expected along the way, what trekking gear you’ll need on such a trip, and so much more. Find answers to the most frequently asked EBC Trek questions here. Dive in!

Our experience on the Everest Base Camp Trek

Like many, we began offering the trek to Everest Base Camp largely because of its reputation as one of the most extraordinary adventures on the planet. As soon as our team set foot on this legendary path we could instantly see why it was the case. Travelers of all stripes, all nationalities, join together on this true Himalayan adventure. The EBC Trek has the feel of a true expedition as you fly into the small airport at Lukla and take your first steps on the wooded trail towards the small village of Namche Bazaar.

namche-bazaar-ebc-trek

For me, Nepal is unlike any country I have visited. On my visit to this culturally rich and diverse nation I felt like I had entered into a new world. With the influences of both Buddhism and Hindi, the capital city of Kathmandu provides a window into the beautiful culture and history of the Nepalese people and bags you to explore more of this remarkable country.

What’s in this guide?

  • Where is Everest Base Camp (EBC)?
  • History of Everest Base Camp
  • How long is the trek to EBC?
  • Is it worth it? Things to see & costs
  • How hard is the trek? Terrain, elevation, and altitude
  • Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek
  • Accommodations on Everest Base Camp
  • When’s the best time to go? Temperatures & weather
  • What gear and equipment should I pack?
  • Should I use a porter service?
  • Getting there
  • Travel visas and permits
  • A typical Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

1. Where is Everest Base Camp (EBC)?

There are actually two base camps for Everest trekking: the North Base Camp in Tibet and the South Base Camp in Nepal. The Nepalese camp in the Khumbu region is the Everest Base Camp that most people talk about, and the endpoint of this legendary trek. It’s tucked away at the end of a long valley that carves through the Himalayas after splitting at the Sherpa village of Dingboche. The formidable Khumbu Icefall – the first obstacle for those attempting a summit push to Everest – begins right on the doorstep of the camp, leading up to the Western Cwm (also known as the Valley of Silence) and the peaks of Lhotse and Nuptse. 

2. History of Everest Base Camp

Climbing on Mount Everest started at the beginning of the 1920s, when a team led by George Mallory (who some think may well have been the first person to reach the summit) came to map out the north face. However, Mallory and his team never established a permanent base camp on their trips, and the north route was all but shut when China invaded Tibet in 1949. 

Then came the conquering expedition of Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay . It took place on the south slopes in Nepal. Hillary and Norgay realized it made more sense to have a place to store supplies at the base of the mountain rather than trek the whole length of the Khumbu Valley whenever they needed gear. Thus, Everest Base Camp was born.

3. How long is the trek to EBC?

The Everest Base Camp Trek may be the single most famous trek in Asia, and arguably the world. Some say its booming popularity is the trek’s own worst enemy, and it’s true that the trail has suffered from overcrowding and some pollution in recent years. However, nothing can take away from the thrilling sense of adventure that comes with climbing towards the edge of the world’s highest peak. That reaches a fever pitch in the early days of your hike, when you’ll catch a jaw-dropping broadside of Mount Everest from a lookout on the south side of Ama Dablam.

ama-dablam-nepal-trekking

Distance 

The rewards of the trek don’t come so easily. EBC is a high-altitude path that requires considerable acclimatization over a good distance. You’ll typically need 12-14 days of full-on trekking (that’s right, your “rest days” involve walking too!) to complete the 80-mile (130km) roundtrip that starts from Lukla. 

This distance is roughly divided into individual daily sections of 8-10 miles (13-16km), but the reason the whole adventure takes so many days is because it needs to be broken down into bite-sized chunks due to the altitude with acclimatization and rest days mixed in. Most itineraries will leave enough time to complete each leg on any given day at well below the average trekking pace. 

Walking times

Most walkers find that they hike a maximum of 8 hours each day, though that can go up a little when you reach the higher altitude sections of the route – not just because of the physical challenge, but because you’ll be stopping often to take in all the breathtaking views! 

4. Is it worth it? Everest Base Camp trip highlights & costs

The joy is in the journey here, as you trek further up to gaze from the roof of the world. Some of the best sightings of the famous Everest arguably come during the Everest Base Camp Trek itself, from various lookout points along the way. These magnificent views combined with mystical monasteries and Sherpa villages offer a host of intriguing trip attractions en route. For me, the best highlights of the trek are:

  • Kala Patthar (Kalapathar) – Roughly translates to “Black Rock”. Detour to this soaring lookout point that’s 18,208 feet (5,550m) up on the ridges above Gorak Shep . It’s a real challenge (think a 1,640-feet / 500-meter ascent in 2 hours) but is hailed by many as the best view over Everest, with the Khumbu Icefall crashing through the valley below.

kala-patthar-ebc-trek

  • Gorak Shep (Gorakshep) – A settlement that seems at the end of the world, this tiny town is the heartland of the Sherpa people and sits at the base of Kala Patthar.
  • Sagarmatha National Park Museum – You’ll encounter this one very early on in the trek during your rest day in Namche Bazaar. It’s worth the climb to its perch above the village, mainly because the forecourt has incredible views of Everest and Nuptse – your first glimpse of the great mountain. Inside, you can learn all about the unique culture of the Khumbu Sherpa people .

sherpa-man-khumbu-nepal

  • Tengboche Monastery (Thyangboche Monastery or Dawa Choling Gompa) – The largest Buddhist gompa in the valley of Everest, Tengboche Monastery is a pitstop for determined trekkers bound for the summit. They come to light candles and ask for blessings.

tengboche-monastery-himalayas

  • Nangkar Tsang / Dingboche Viewpoint – Above the town of Dingboche, this detour off the main route is good acclimatization trekking and offers a panorama that takes in the Khumbu Glacier and the whole Imja Khola Valley. 

dingboche-everest-base-camp-trekking-tour

With so much natural beauty to be experienced, how much will it set you back? When it comes to pricing, costs of the Everest Base Camp Trek can range widely but the best all-inclusive tour packages start at around US$4,295 (including domestic flights to/from the trek start point) . If this number is giving you sticker shock, don’t let it deter you from the trip of a lifetime to Nepal, because my team at The Explorer’s Passage is always here to work with you and your preferences to craft a trip that fits your needs .

5. How hard is the trek? Terrain, elevation, and altitude

So just how difficult is the trek to Everest Base Camp? To answer this, you’ll have to consider the terrain and heights of EBC. Your physical fitness also plays a factor in the perceived difficulty of this adventure. Based on our Trip Activity Level Guide , we classify this trek as an advanced level, but you may be glad to know that no technical training or mountaineering experience is required. 

Not sure if this Himalayan adventure is right for you? Contact us and we’ll walk you through details on the physical demands, recommended training, and more so you can make an informed decision.

The Everest Base Camp hike graduates from the alpine surroundings at the south end of the Sagarmatha National Park to the scree-covered ridges of ancient moraines in the final push towards the trekking finish line. The first sections are easier in terms of terrain but more difficult because they are constantly steep. You’ll notice this in the ascent from Lukla to Namche Bazaar, and then again from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. The path there is largely shaded by pine and ironwood forests, muddy when wet but also interspersed with rocks wedged into the ground. You’ll stroll across suspension bridges to cross most rivers.

khumbu-icefall-himalayas-nepal

After the first few days of your trip, you’ll see that the trekking path levels a little as it skirts a wide, flat valley with the mighty Himalayas looming on all sides. This is where you lose the tree cover for good, so be sure to have the sunscreen handy. It’s rock and grit underfoot until you near Gorak Shep. There, the route sort of merges with the great pebble and rock moraine at the end of the Khumbu Icefall. It’s normal to find snow coverage in those parts, especially if you’re trekking between November and March.  

Elevation and altitude

How high is Everest Base Camp? Well, altitude is commonly travelers’ biggest challenge on this tall trek. As mentioned before, you’re going to have to clock up a hefty 17,598 feet (5,364m) above sea level. You’ll manage 9,400 feet (2,865m) at the EBC trailhead, which is taken care of by the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. The rest is up to your legs. You’ll knock out about 1,800 feet (549m) by climbing to Namche Bazaar. After that, days on the trail (not including acclimatization days) average around 1,200-1,600 feet (366-488m) in elevation gain, though it’s on less-steep paths once you cross the tree line around Tengboche. Everest Base Camp elevation is no joke and can be difficult for some. 

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) – the mildest form of altitude sickness – is certainly a risk here. It can affect anyone over altitudes of 8,000 feet (2,438m), but usually has severe impacts at higher levels. Since the EBC Trek reaches altitudes of more than double the height where AMS can possibly kick in, there are usually two full acclimatization days planned in – one in Namche Bazaar and the another in Dingboche or Lobuche. These days aren’t for resting but instead used to climb high and then descend to sleep at lower altitudes, a common practice that’s known to help the body acclimate to conditions at higher elevations.  

Don’t be surprised if your Everest Base Camp Trek guide constantly reminds you to drink enough water as it’s another way to combat AMS. Once you hit the higher altitude parts of the path, you can typically expect your guide to be prepared with a supply of oxygen, should you need it. You might also want to consider packing an AMS medication like Diamox on your trip to Nepal. 

Even seasoned alpinists find the trip a challenge and lots of climbers struggle with Acute Mountain Sickness. Just remember: no pain, no gain on this most incredible of trails! On this trip, you’ll see the sheer majesty of the Nepalese Himalayas up close and scale to viewpoints that are simply some of the best you’ll ever hike to.

6. Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek

All that trekking is going to work up a serious appetite, you can be sure of that. Thankfully, EBC teahouses tout some decent grub for when it’s time to refuel. Don’t be surprised to find that the menus are virtually identical the whole way along, even if the dishes themselves vary greatly with the whims of different chefs up and down the trip route.

nepalese-food-dal-bhat-ebc-trek

Common dishes include:

  • Dal bhat – The most popular EBC meal of all. Every hiker who’s done the route has warmed up with this spicy lentil stew at least once. It’s usually served with rice and chapati flatbread.
  • Egg and fries – A hearty option for those feeling really hungry, this one includes hand-cut, fried potatoes and a double-egg omelette.
  • Shyakpa ( Sherpa stew ) – A classic favorite of sherpas in Nepal and a great vegetarian option that’s basically broth with cut potatoes, carrots, and other root vegetables.
  • Pizza – Some teahouses try their hand at pizza. We’ll let you be the judge of whether or not the Italians would be proud.  

Is your mouth watering yet? These dishes will surely give you the energy you need to power through the trek.

7. Accommodations on Everest Base Camp

Apart from the hotels in Kathmandu at the start and at the end of your quest, all of your accommodations on the Everest Base Camp Trek route are likely to be teahouses. Don’t let the name fool you – these aren’t just places to stop for a hot drink. They’re actually full-fledged bed and breakfast lodges purposely designed to host travelers. 

EBC teahouse accommodations in Nepal are simple, clean, and comfortable. The general rule is that the quality is better towards the start of the trek, where the teahouses are both larger and better supplied. Rooms are usually minimally decorated. They have wood-paneled or plastered walls and, for the most part, a single window, along with low-rise beds with foam mattress pads. Some have in-room heating, while other teahouses are warmed by a central stove that’s kept alight in the evenings. Some places offer hot showers, but most only offer cold. Electrical charging of devices is on offer at most places, though that could come at an extra cost. 

For more details on accommodations, check out our Everest Base Camp tour page .

8. Best time to trek to Everest Base Camp

There are two main seasons for trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal. The first is in the spring (late March to May) and the second comes in the autumn (late September to November) . Both high seasons essentially straddle the main monsoon season, offering more dryness and clearer skies without too much precipitation. Although, it’s important to note that zero rain can never be guaranteed this high up.

trek-to-mount-everest-base-camp

Here’s a breakdown of the best months to go:

  • March – Marks the beginning of the trekking season proper but it’s not its peak. That means a good balance of smaller crowds, availability in teahouses and affordability. Most of the ground snow has melted by this point, but rising temperatures do mean there can be some heat haze to obscure the views.
  • April – The busiest time of all on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, but for good reason: Clear skies abound, the views are wonderful, and temperatures are comfortable. You can also come in April if you’re keen to see the hardcore mountaineers prepping for a summit push up Mount Everest itself.
  • May – The hottest month on the trail with less harsh conditions in the evening. Downsides include heat haze that can obstruct the views and the potential for some early-monsoon rains.
  • September – The first month after the monsoon can see some rains stick around. However, that also means the lower-altitude parts of the trek between Lukla and Namche Bazaar are wonderfully lush with flower blooms and vivid greenery.
  • October – Second only to April in terms of crowds of travelers. Lots of people hit the EBC trail at this time because there’s a great balance between comfortable temperatures and clear skies. In fact, I’d say that this is the clearest time of all, so it’s perfect for those wanting uninterrupted views of Everest.
  • November – Cold winter conditions can start to set in by November. It’s not unusual to encounter snow at higher altitudes and you’ll need proper thermal gear to get through the nights. The payoff is super-clear skies and way fewer hikers on the trail.

December to February is the low season for one main reason: Snow. Temperatures during these colder days drop to an average of 25 degrees fahrenheit (-4℃) in the middle of the winter season, and that’s in Namche Bazaar, one of the lowest points on the trek. It’s not ideal for overnight hikes that rely on teahouses made of plywood walls. That said however, completing the EBC certainly isn’t impossible at this time, it just presents unique challenges. You’ll need way more thermal layering, special trekking equipment to handle the snowdrifts, and probably extra days to complete the trek. The upside is that winter days offer very clear skies and there’s rarely a big crowd on the trail. 

9. What gear and equipment should I pack?

When considering what to pack for your trip, it’s good to know there are strict limits on the weight each passenger can take on that initial flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. What’s more, there are limits on the size and weight of bags that you can ask porters to shuttle up and back to EBC for you. Due to these limits, you’ll want to think very carefully about what to bring for this once-in-a-lifetime trek. As a general rule, it’s good to stick to about 22-33 pounds (10-15kg) in your main pack, with a small 30-litre day pack on the side to carry the things you’ll need on the trail.

what-to-pack-everest-base-camp-trek

Layers are always key in the Nepalese mountains, as temperatures can warm up considerably during the day and drop suddenly at night. You’ll want to be able to add and remove fleeces and thermals on the upper body to match the fluctuating temperatures. For the lower body, I’d recommend bringing both shorts (mainly for the lower elevations of the trek where it can be positively balmy) and sturdy trekking pants (for higher elevations), backed up by good thermal-rated underlayers.

Waterproofs are also essential for your trip. Rain and snowfall can come without warning in the high Himalayas, and weather patterns on the EBC Trek have little respect for the so-called high season, so inclement weather can happen any time of the year. Winter trekkers will need to plan a little more, though, in order to deal with all that ground ice and much colder conditions.

On top of that, you’ll need to think about all those hiking essentials. Good boots, a pair of hiking poles you feel comfortable with, both a wool hat and a sun hat, strong sweat-resistant sunscreen, headlamps, and a decent-capacity water bottle should all be on your packing list. 

That’s just scratching the surface, but The Explorer’s Passage will make sure you’re fully prepared for your chosen season on the EBC route when you plan with us – just ask us for a full packing list !

10. Should I use a porter service?

Put simply, porters are essential on the trek to Everest Base Camp. They’re very much the superheroes of the expedition, transporting the bulk of most trekkers’ gear and equipment from camp to camp outside of Lukla or Namche Bazaar. For larger groups of trekkers, some operators will utilize animal support for transport assistance. Porters will carry one standard rucksack or duffle bag per hiker. Usually, that’s limited to a weight of between 22-33 pounds (10-15kg) per person, though it can be lower or higher depending on the Everest Base Camp tour you pick. That leaves you to only carry what you need for the day. As mentioned above, a 30-litre pack typically works best, just enough for water, snacks, fleece and waterproof layers, your camera, and sunscreen. 

porters-ebc-trek-nepal

I do, occasionally, see people who choose not to engage a porter but that’s a tough task. Ultimately, when you’re deciding whether or not porter service is right for you, remember that the Mt. Everest Base Camp hike involves several days of walking at altitudes over 12,000 feet (3,658m) above sea level, on tricky terrain to boot. It’s a challenge even without 44 pounds (20kg) of gear strapped to your back! 

11. Getting there

porters-ebc-trek-nepal

So now you know what this infamous excursion holds and you can’t wait another moment to go, how will you get there? The trip to the start of EBC is a journey in itself. You’ll first jet into Kathmandu, the heady, rickshaw-rattling capital of Nepal. It’s an amazing place, filled with UNESCO temples and the aromatic spices of Nepalese curry houses. We usually recommend that travelers arrive at least a couple of days before they are due to set off for the trek, not really to help with altitude acclimatization – Kathmandu is a relatively modest 4,500 feet (1,372m) up – but more for cultural acclimatization.

Doing that means you’ll have time to score any last-minute gear you might have forgotten for the hike itself. Kathmandu has plenty of decent outfitters that offer good deals on key items like down sleeping bags and thermals. It also means you’ll get to see some of the great cultural treasures of the country, including the tower-topped temples of Durbar Square and the colossal Boudhanath Stupa, which is usually writhed in prayer flags dancing in the wind.

kathmandu-durbar-square

After Kathmandu, there’s a short-haul flight from the domestic terminal of Kathmandu Airport that takes you all the way to the trailhead of Everest Base Camp in Lukla. The plane ride is relatively quick – about 30 minutes total – and pretty spine-tingling, especially as the landing strip on the Lukla side sits a whopping 9,300 feet (2,835 meters) above sea level on a precipitous mountain plateau. It’s not a flight you’ll forget in a hurry!

12. Travel visas and permits

Some nationals of specific countries can enter Nepal without a visa, but most travelers will require one. For those who do, entry visas for tourists traveling into Nepal are generally available in advance or upon arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport and various land borders. If you’re unsure of which category you fall into, use this easy tool to double check your entry and health requirements .

When it comes to permits, there are no permits for the Everest Base Camp Trek itself, at least not like there are for the Inca Trail and some other bucket-list hikes elsewhere on the planet. However, there are limits to the number of guests teahouses can host (so it’s important to book early) and you will be passing through some regions and conservation areas that require visitors to obtain special passes, but no need to worry as The Explorer’s Passage will handle all of these details for you. Just make sure your travel documents and essentials are still valid.

For the route to Everest Base Camp from Lukla, there are two key documents that we will secure for you:

  • Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit – This is a pass for access to the whole Khumbu region.
  • Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit – This is your pass to enter the national park that contains Mt. Everest. 

It is important to note, those looking to do the longer, 20-day extension to the EBC Trek, going from Kathmandu by road and then onwards by foot from Jiri, will also need a pass for access to the Gaurishankar Conservation Area. 

13. A typical Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

The temple-topped, bazaar-busting city of Kathmandu is likely to be where you enter Nepal. You’ll definitely want to take some time out of your trip to explore this amazing city first. Then, it’s time to head northeast to start your Everest Base Camp hike. Most travelers do that with a flight to Lukla and then walk from there, but it’s also possible to trek all the way if you have the time. Still, most Everest Base Camp Trek itineraries officially start at Lukla airport.

kathmandu-durbar-square

For a customized itinerary, connect with us to craft your ideal trip.

  • Day 1: Namaste and welcome to Kathmandu! Get ready to experience one of the most awe-inspiring journeys our planet has to offer. You’ll arrive in Kathmandu and explore the dynamism, scenery, and history the city has to offer.
  • Day 2: Today will be filled with cultural immersion. Begin by exploring three UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The first is Boudhanath, one of the largest stupas in Nepal. Next is Pashupatinath, a sacred Hindu temple located on the banks of the Bagmati River. Finally, you’ll visit Durbar Square, which sits in front of the old royal palace. Finish your day with one of the most classic walks through the old narrow streets of Kathmandu. In the heart of this city, soak up the buzzing atmosphere of the local markets and stores, before heading back to the hotel.

pashupatinath-temple-kathmandu-sadhu

  • Day 3: Kathmandu to Phakding (8,562 ft / 2,610 m) – After a short flight to Lukla, it’s a pleasant hike through dense pine forests and steep gorges traversed by swinging suspension bridges. There’s a real bustle about this part of the path, with oodles of hikers fresh onto the trail to chat to. It’s also the lushest part of the trail, with wildflowers and roaring riverways, more Alps than Himalaya.

suspension-bridge-himalayas-trekking-tour

  • Day 4: Phakding to Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – Today you’ll go up to the main hub of EBC: Namche Bazaar. This is a good place to stock up on any essentials you may have forgotten to bring on your trip. Enjoy the town that’s abuzz with hiker cafes and lodges, and comes with stunning views of the jagged Mount Khumbu Yül-Lha (Khumbila), loosely translated as “God of Khumbu” peak, to the north.
  • Day 5: Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – This is your first official acclimatization day. The best way to prepare for the altitude is to hike high during the day and return to lower altitudes in the evening to sleep. The Khunde and Khumjung Loop is the perfect option for that, taking you to long-lost Sherpa villages with mystical Buddhist stupas.

stupa-namche-bazaar-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 6: Namche Bazaar to Tengboche (12,664 ft / 3,860 m) – Your first steps on the Everest Base Camp Trek proper begin with a steep incline that takes you almost out of the treeline. The path levels and then emerges into a lunar-like world of big brown rocks where the Himalayas draw ever closer. The destination? The rhododendron forest, where you’ll stay for the evening.   
  • Day 7: Tengboche to Dingboche (14,470 ft / 4,410 m) – Expect exposed trekking except for some sections through high-altitude pine woods. Later in the day, the trail wiggles across the sides of Ama Dablam peak and you’ll get to appreciate the Everest massif in all its glory looming overhead.

ama-dablam-trek-to-everest-base-camp

  • Day 8: Dingboche (14,470 ft / 4,410 m) – A second acclimatization day is needed at this stage of the trip. Perhapstake some time to experience Chukhung (15,518 feet / 4,730 meters), a place traditionally used to raise yak. Lodges rise up amongst the peaks, making it a perfect spot for relaxation, observation and absorbing the scenery and local life.

khumjung-chukhung-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 9: Dingboche to Lobuche (16,210 ft / 4,941 m) – You’re now onto the penultimate push towards Everest Base Camp. Welcome to the high Himalayas. Trees are long gone in this land of rugged rocks and the cascading tongues of glaciers. The day includes some amazing visions of the approaching Everest massif, especially the closer face of Nuptse.
  • Day 10: Lobuche to Everest Base Camp (17,598 ft / 5,364 m) – The final part of the trail starts by weaving over rocky highland terrain and then passes through the Gorak Shep village, where a small trekking lodge clutches the edge of the Khumbu Icefall. There’s a chance of a small rest there, but not for long, because EBC is only another 1.5 hours up the valley!

lobuche-nepal-everest-trekking

  • Day 11: Everest Base Camp to Pheriche (14,340 ft / 4,371 m) – Today you’ll retrace your steps towards Pheriche, hiking first towards Kala Patthar. Oxygen begins to increase and much of this portion is downhill, and you’ll have the chance to take in the panoramic views with an easier trek.
  • Day 12: Pheriche to Debouche (12,533 ft / 3,820 m) – You’ll work back via Deboche, passing the Old Nunnery. Follow the river back towards Debouche, a campsite, not far from the Tengboche Monastery.
  • Day 13: Debouche to Namche Bazaar (11,286 ft / 3,440 m) – Today you’ll double back towards Namche Bazaar, the Sherpa village that is the hub of activity and local culture. Here you’ll see many porters like Norgay, who aid climbers and know this terrain better than anyone. Observe the local mountain life, as you continue on tomorrow towards Phakding.

namche-bazaar-everest-base-camp-trek

  • Day 14: Namche Bazaar to Phakding (8,562 ft / 2,610 m) – As you continue downhill towards Phakding, observe the local agriculture and yak pastures as you pass by the majesty of the Himalayan peaks. You’ll spend the evening alongside the Dudh Kosi River, and take in the sights and sounds of the crystalline waters.

phakding-dudh-kosi-river-himalayas

  • Day 15: Phakding to Lukla – From Phakding, you’ll make our approach towards Lukla. Gather your new memories from the trip and enjoy your last days amongst unparalleled natural views in Nepal. You’ll stop for lunch in Lukla, with plenty of time to appreciate the clear landscape.
  • Day 16: Lukla to Kathmandu – Returning to Kathmandu, you’ll have time and space to explore after having a chance to refresh and recuperate in your hotel. The Thamel district is a great place to wander with its many winding streets lined with souvenir shops, bars, restaurants, and more. There’s plenty to see and to try on the final day of your trip in Kathmandu. Soak up as much of the city’s offerings as you can as the end of our trip approaches.

kathmandu-thamel-market-ebc-trekking-tour

  • Day 17: Today is your final day as an intrepid traveler exploring Nepal. You might have time to see some live music in Lazimpat or venture to Patan, which was originally known as Lalitpur, or the “City of Beauty”. Stop off at Newa Chen to add a visit to a 350-year-old Newari home, restored to its former glory and open to the public, to your trip. Be sure to experience as much of Kathmandu as you can, before you reluctantly head back home from this exhilarating adventure trip!

patan-durbar-square-lalitpur

  • Day 18: Depart from Kathmandu. Today you’ll return home having retraced many of Hillary and Norgay’s historic steps. You’re officially one of the lucky few who have witnessed the majesty of Everest up close!

Other Variations of the EBC Trek

The main up-and-back EBC Trek outlined above is by far the most popular route to the fabled camp on the slopes of Mount Everest, but there are also other options. Take the Three Passes Trek. It’s a circular romp that encompasses a trio of the highest traversable passes immediately around Everest itself, starting with Kongma La (18,175 feet) before pushing on through Cho La (17,782 feet) and then Renjo La (17,585 feet).

This is a considerably more challenging undertaking than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek, usually reserved for hikers with high-altitude experience. The reason? You spend multiple days walking at heights of over 16,400 feet. There’s also more chance you’ll have to contend with snowpacks – especially late and early in the main trekking seasons (April and November). The reward is a chance to explore all the nooks and crannies of the Khumbu Region, with visions of the gleaming Gokyo Lakes and remote Sherpa hill villages along the way.

Other variations include the dedicated Gokyo Lakes Trek, which involves portions of the Three Passes Trek at Cho La to offer a fuller visit of the Gokyo Valley before re-joining the route to base camp at Lobuche.

This trip guide is just a taste of what you should know before embarking on the remarkable trek to Everest Base Camp. For more details on general trip costs, accommodations, and more, check out the specifics on our Everest Base Camp tour page .

Better yet, if you have more questions on hiking to Everest Base Camp or need help planning your trip to the Himalayas, let’s connect! Our knowledgeable Adventure Consultants would love to hear from you so contact us and let us show you what’s possible .

everest-base-camp-trek-namche-nepal

Why travel with The Explorer’s Passage?

Experience the Everest Base Camp Trek with the best tour operator in Nepal. Our guides have been leading adventure trips in the Himalayas for over 30 years and are experts of trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp. They are also native to the Khumbu region of Nepal, the home of the Sherpa community, so you know you’ll enjoy an authentic experience.

We pride ourselves on delivering extraordinary tours based on travelers’ needs and are humbled by our guests’ testimonials . In fact, our dedication has earned us a 5-star rating on Tripadvisor , and awards by Travel+Leisure Magazine and Newsweek. Check us out and discover why so many travelers worldwide choose us . My team and I would love for you to join us on the trek to Everest Base Camp or any of our many other adventure trips !

I hope to go exploring with you soon!

Jeff Bonaldi Founder & CEO The Explorer’s Passage

About Jeff Bonaldi

Jeff Bonaldi is the Founder and CEO of The Explorer’s Passage, a premier adventure travel company. His mission is to provide travelers with the opportunity to transform their lives and the planet through the power of adventure.

Learn more about Jeff’s story and his company HERE .

Share This Amazing Location!

Related posts.

Expert Guide to Solo Travel & Top Destinations in 2024

Expert Guide to Solo Travel & Top Destinations in 2024

14 Best Places to Visit in Iceland in 2024

14 Best Places to Visit in Iceland in 2024

19 Things to Know Before Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia’s Torres del Paine in 2024

19 Things to Know Before Hiking the W Trek in Patagonia’s Torres del Paine in 2024

14 Things to Know Before You Climb Mount Kilimanjaro in 2024

14 Things to Know Before You Climb Mount Kilimanjaro in 2024

The Ultimate Guide to Inca Trail Permits for 2024

The Ultimate Guide to Inca Trail Permits for 2024

The Classic Inca Trail Route: A Day by Day Guide

The Classic Inca Trail Route: A Day by Day Guide

Torn Tackies Travel Blog

The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary: How to Get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Sitting at 5 380 m, the EBC trek in Nepal is one of the most iconic hikes in the world and tops any adventurer’s bucket list!

But walking over 130 km from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is tough! Mentally, physically and emotionally. Every day of your expedition will push you to your limits.

The reality is that no matter how intense your preparation is, it’s not your fitness levels or even your age that will determine whether you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s about how your body adjusts to a higher altitude.

Some people struggle, others don’t. This is why the acclimatization schedule in your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is so crucial.

After successfully reaching base camp, I put together this comprehensive guide which includes step-by-step details of the best Everest Base Camp route to take, including the trekking time, the highlights, the best tea houses, how to deal with altitude sickness and so much more!

What to pack for Everest Base Camp

Quick Navigation

When to plan your Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

April to May (Spring) and October to November (Autumn) are the most popular hiking months in Nepal offering perfect conditions for your Everest Base Camp trek.

But these months also attract scores of travelers looking to take on the Himalaya mountain ranges and so the trail does get busy.

Everest Base Camp tour itinerary

Everest Base Camp Trek Route

If you follow my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, you’ll need 12 days to start and return to Lukla. You will reach Everest Base Camp on day 9 which is enough time for your body to adjust to the higher altitude.

Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phakding

Day 2: phakding to namche bazaar, day 3: namche bazaar (acclimatization day), day 4: namche bazaar to khumjung, day 5: khumjung to phortse, day 6: phortse to dingboche, day 7: dingboche (acclimatization day), day 8: dingboche to lobuche, day 9: lobuche to gorak shep to everest base camp to gorak shep, day 10: gorak shep to kala patthar to pheriche, day 11: pheriche to namche bazaar, day 12: namche bazaar to lukla.

I did not take altitude sickness medication such as Diamox but I walked slowly, extremely slowly – probably the slowest anyone’s ever walked to EBC. This Everest Base Camp trek itinerary offers the best acclimatizing schedule to allow your body to naturally adjust to a higher altitude.

14 Day Everest Base Camp trek itinerary

The start of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Kathmandu

Your first few days in Nepal will be in the capital city, Kathmandu. Sitting at 1 400m above sea level, it’s recommended to spend at least 2 days here.

This allows your body to get used to the higher elevation, especially if you’re coming from sea level.

Kathmandu is a dynamic city with a rich culture and tradition, and you can easily spend a few extra days exploring if you have the time. Most tour operators include a day excursion to the nearby sights and temples within the city.

Make sure you stay in Thamel. It’s the hiking hub of Kathmandu with lots of eager trekkers choosing to base themselves here.

You can buy all your Everest Base Camp hiking gear in Thamel so don’t worry if you’ve forgotten something behind. Or if, like me , you arrived in Nepal with no hiking gear – only a pair of hiking boots! Thamel has got you covered.

Lukla Airport in Nepal

Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) – Lukla (2 860m) – Phakding (2 610m).

Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections.

Highlight: Flight into Lukla.

Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla. From there, you’ll hit the ground running and hike just over 3 hours to Phakding, your stop for the night.

Tea house: Royal Sherpa Resort.

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary day 1

The day has finally arrived – The first day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary!

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla is only 36 minutes but it relies heavily on the weather. Even if there’s slight cloud cover, the flights are delayed or worse, canceled. Lukla Airport is one of the most dangerous airports in the world after all.

My flight with Summit Air was due to leave at 9 am, but we only left after 3 pm due to the weather conditions. The planes are tiny, and you’re allowed no more than 15kg of luggage – in total!

The flight itself was thrilling but not as frightening as I anticipated. Although I did freak out every few minutes when there was a slight bump.

Lukla to Phakding

Views on Everest Base Camp hike

Once you’ve arrived in Lukla, grab a quick bite to eat before starting the afternoon trek to Phakding.

This section from Lukla to Phakding is an easy one and it’s the perfect introduction to the Himilaya mountain range. It’s an incredibly scenic trail that hugs the mountain and runs alongside a stream.

You’ll pass through several villages and will set your sights on the first yaks and mules of your Everest Base Camp trek.

Before you know it, you’ll have reached Phakding where you’ll spend the night in your first tea house. Don’t get too used to these comfortable conditions though. The further up you go from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, the more basic the amenities become!

Tip: There are ATM’s in Lukla (and Namche) but draw cash in Kathmandu as a back-up.

Tip: There’s cell reception (NCell) in Phakding and most tea houses offer free power to charge up your phone or camera here.

Tip: Try to eat well during the first few days as you’ll start losing your appetite from day 3 of your Everest Base Camp itinerary. Remember: “Dal Bhat Power – 24 Hour”

Namche Bazaar

Altitude: Phakding (2 610m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 7-9 hours | 10,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy for the first section, steep and difficult for the second half.

Highlight: The views from the suspension bridges.

Overview: Day 2 is when the real hiking starts! You’ll begin with a slow hike before climbing a steep section leading to Namche Bazaar, one of the most iconic stops on your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Tea house: AD Friendship Lodge.

Everest Base Camp packing list female

Day 2 is one of the most picturesque days of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary. But you have a long day of hiking ahead of you so try to leave Phakding by 08:00 am.

The first part is an easy trek alongside pine forests and the excitement will begin to set in as you pass fellow trekkers making their way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

The glacial rivers are an impressive sight and you’ll cross several suspension bridges throughout the course of the day. These offer gorgeous views but they’re also terrifyingly high! Take in these beautiful surroundings as the landscape changes dramatically over the week.

After lunch, there is a sharp gain in elevation and the easy path suddenly becomes steeper. Take it slow to allow your body to adjust to this higher altitude.

En route to Namche Bazaar, you’ll also get your first glimpse of Mount Everest (If the weather conditions are on your side). You’ll also need to sign in at a checkpoint.

Namche Bazaar

Namche Bazaar is a picturesque village with a lively atmosphere. It’s the main trading center of the Khumbu region and a sherpa village. From Namche Bazaar it starts to get chilly but luckily there are plenty of tea houses with fireplaces to warm you up.

Tip: After you’ve arrived in Namche, pop into Hermann Helmers for their chocolate carrot cake. It’s life-changing!

Tip: Take a warm shower in Namche ($5) as it’s the cheapest you’ll find for the next 10 days!

Tip: Avoid eating meat after Namche Bazaar. Just think of it being carried up the mountain, during the heat of the day with no refrigeration. Don’t do it!

Day 3 of your EBC trek itinerary is your acclimatization day, a supposedly “rest day” to allow your body to slowly adjust to the high altitude. But that doesn’t mean you’ll get to sit inside and relax all day. Today, you’ll do an acclimatization hike to Everest View Hotel.

Boots for hiking in Nepal

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Everest View Hotel (3 880m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking Time: 3 hours | 2.5 km.

Difficulty: The path itself isn’t too difficult, but with the elevation gain, you’ll begin losing your breath quickly.

Highlight: Watching Everest documentaries at Liquid Bar in Namche Bazaar (3 pm or 7:30 pm).

Overview: A short hiking day to Everest View Hotel and back, followed by free time to explore Namche Bazaar.

Acclimitization hike to EBC

Even if you’re not feeling up to it, it’s important to get out and hike to a higher point, before coming back down to sleep at a lower altitude.

Today is also your second chance to get a glimpse of Mount Everest if you didn’t the day before. The trek is a tough one, and if you have not yet felt any symptoms of the higher altitude, you’ll soon begin to experience them.

Tip: There are many pubs and bars which show Everest documentaries. Make sure you watch one during your time in Namche Bazaar (But don’t drink alcohol on your way up – save that for when you return).

Khumjung in Everest Base Camp itinerary

Route: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Khumjung (3 780m).

Trekking time: 4 hours | 4 km.

Difficulty: Moderately easy as it’s a short trekking day but from today the cold sets in.

Highlights: Playing card games in front of the fire, wrapped up in my sleeping bag because it was so cold.

Overview: You’ll go off the standard trekking route from Namche to Khumjung.

Tea House: Hill Top Lodge.

nights at the tea house

This is where most Everest Base Camp trek itineraries differ. From Namche Bazaar, there are two routes you can take both of which link up again in Dingboche on day 6 of your trek.

The first option (and most popular) is from Namche to Tengboche, before reaching Dingboche .

The second option (and my chosen route) is from Namche to Khumjung and Phortse which are on the other side of the river.

I chose the Khumjung route as it’s the less popular option. As a result, the hike isn’t as crowded, yet it offers the same sweeping views of the valleys below. But don’t worry, you’ll still get to experience the Tengboche route on your way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

Today was the first day that I layered up as it did get quite cold. You’ll pass a small local hospital as well as the famous Sir Edmund Hilary School before arriving in the small village of Khumjung.

When you get to Khumjung you’ll notice the change in the landscape. It’s far more arid and drier, with very few green luscious trees.

Tip: Ensure you have a pack of playing cards and a book with you. They’ll come in handy on short trekking days like today.

Day 5 Khumjung to Phortse Everest Base Camp route

Route: Khumjung (3 780m) – Phortse (3 900m).

Trekking time: 6 hours | 7 km.

Difficulty: Although there isn’t much altitude gain today, there are still many sections where you walk downhill, before climbing back uphill so this constant up/down is strenuous.

Highlights: Today was the first day I began to feel the effects of the high altitude and I lost my appetite.

Overview: The trail from Khumjung to Phortse is incredibly scenic and you’ll walk alongside all the Himalaya giants.

Tea house: Phortse Resort.

Gopro Camera for Everest Base Camp

Day 5 of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start with a 2-hour climb to Mongla (3 975m). You’ll then go back down to 3 800m which is the elevation of your next stop, Phortse.

You’re still on the “quieter” route so enjoy this path as it gets busier from tomorrow when you head to Dingboche.

Today is the day I started to feel the effects of altitude sickness and by the time I reached our lunch stop, I had lost my appetite and a terrible headache was setting in. I wrote this detailed guide to how hard Everest Base Camp is and it includes these moments where i felt horrible!

There is also a considerable drop in temperature – It was 4 degrees celsius when we started walking today. The pipes in Phortse were frozen and the guides start to give you hot water in the evening which will be your drinking water from here on out.

Tip: When you’re given hot water in your drinking bottles, put one inside your sleeping bag to act as a hot water bottle.

Tip: I took a headache tablet at lunchtime and after a good night’s rest, I was feeling much better. If you’re not feeling well, don’t be afraid to take a pain killer but make sure you communicate with your guide so that he knows to keep an eye on you.

Day 6 walking to Dingboche

Altitude: Phortse (3 800m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Trekking time: 8 hours | 9 km.

Difficulty: Today is a long, tiring day and breathing is difficult. The first few hours are tough, followed by an easier trek as you get closer to Dingboche.

Highlights: Arriving in Dingboche – today was a hectic day and I was so happy when it was over!

Overview: You’ll trek the entire day with a constant gradual incline until you arrive in Dingboche, where our EBC itinerary will meet up with the others who are coming from Tengboche.

Tea house: Sonam Friendship Lodge.

Tea houses at Everest Base Camp

Today is a long trekking day!

When I woke up on day 6, I was feeling fit and strong (unlike the afternoon before) . I was extremely aware of how sick I had felt yesterday and despite feeling better, I took precautionary measures and walked extra slow with many breaks.

The first 5 hours involve constant uphill climbs, followed by downhill treks, before going uphill again! You’ll eventually pass the tree line, and the entire landscape becomes bare and rocky and resembles a desert.

Today you’ll be surrounded by all the Himilayan giants: Ama Dablam, Nuptse, and Cholatse, with unspoiled views of Mount Everest.

Throughout the day you’ll hear the sounds of helicopters making emergency rescues as trekkers begin struggling with the higher altitude and need to be taken back down to Namche Bazaar from Everest Base Camp. It’s quite scary to see how frequently people require this emergency assistance!

Luckily, the final stretch to Dingboche after lunch isn’t as tough as the section before.

Tip: There’s no cell reception as you get closer to Dingboche so enjoy the next few days going off the grid.

Tip: On day 6 of our Everest Base Camp itinerary, a few trekkers started taking altitude sickness medication as a precautionary measure. I didn’t take Diamox but my guide had in case I needed it. As always, be cautious of the altitude.

Tip: You’ll lose your appetite, but order boiled potatoes to get some food into your stomach.

Today is the last of your acclimatization days so you’ll spend a second night in Dingboche. Again, it’s important to do an acclimatization hike from Dingboche .

Everest Base Camp trek tours

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – viewpoint (4 900m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Hike time: 3 – 5 hours | 3 km.

Difficulty: Short, but steep climb so take it slow and steady.

Overview: Today is a short acclimatization hike to a viewpoint and back.

Highlight: Views of the Chukhung Valley and Island Peak.

How hard is Everest Base Camp

I woke up on day 7 of my EBC trek and I was feeling terrible. The Khumbu cough had really set in, I was freezing cold, my nose was constantly running and I was beginning to lose my voice.

When you reach Dingboche, the luxuries of warm water, comfortable beds, and flushing toilets are long gone, and this is when the mental challenge begins. But listen to your body and be honest with your guides about how you’re feeling.

During my time in Dingboche, a porter from a different tour group (who had hiked to EBC many times before) had gotten sick and had to be airlifted back to Lukla. This was a harsh reality of the effects of high altitude climbing and how it can happen to anyone, no matter your experience, fitness level, or age.

Dingboche Acclimatization Hike

Today you’ll go on an acclimatization hike to a viewpoint overlooking the Chukhung Valley. Going to this higher altitude, and then returning to Dingboche will make you feel so much better (as it did for me). So, gear up, pack your day bag, and head outside for a few hours.

The acclimatization hike from Dingboche to the viewpoint is pretty steep and rocky, but you’ll be hiking at a much slower pace than the previous days. All around you, you’re surrounded by towering mountains and peaks, and it’s a sight you won’t easily forget!

Once at the viewpoint, you’ll have the best views of Ama Dablam and Island Peak, as well as the symbolic prayer flags.

I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary (and I HIGHLY recommend you do the same). It’s 4 extra days of trekking after you’ve reached Everest Base Camp, and it was one of the best and most thrilling experiences of my life!

Tip: After returning from your acclimatization hike pop into Cafe Himalaya Bakery to watch their daily Everest movie.

Higher altitude trekking at EBC

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – Lobuche (4 930m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 10.7km.

Difficulty: Hard! The section from the bottom of the icefall to the Everest memorial is brutal. It’s steep, and it’s far.

Highlight: The climb to the Everest memorial. It’s painfully steep and I struggled!

Overview: As you leave Dingboche, the first part of your trek is relatively easy. Until you reach Dukla! This is where the trail becomes steep. From there it’s an excruciating 2-hour climb before the path becomes flat again. You’ll walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier, the longest glacier in Nepal.

Tea house: Sherpa Lodge.

Day 8 EBC itinerary in Nepal

I kept a day-to-day journal of my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, and in it, day 8 is highlighted (in capital letters with several exclamation marks) “ The hardest day EVER! ”

And thinking back to this day, it really was!

The first 3 hours include a gradual incline before crossing to Dukla which will be your lunch stop for the day. Enjoy the break, because you are going to be hating life for the next 2 hours – it’s a killer of a climb. Breathing at an altitude of over 4 500m doesn’t make it any easier!

You’ll pass many trekkers who are making their way back from Everest Base Camp. I was shocked to see the condition most of them were in. Many people were even getting carried down by mules! They looked like they had really taken strain – coughing, no voice, chapped lips, and no energy.

I was hoping and praying that wouldn’t be me in a few days (but unfortunately, it was – except I didn’t need to be carried down!)

Everest Memorial

At the top, you’ll reach the Everest Memorial for climbers who’ve lost their lives in their attempt to reach the summit of Mount Everest. There is a somber mood, and I get goosebumps thinking about all those climbers and their families.

From the memorial, it’s about a 1-hour trek alongside the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche. This last section is far easier than the previous one. Again, take it slowly!

Tip: At this stage, everyone is feeling the effects of the altitude and the cold. You’re not alone! Just keep pushing through, it’s nearly over! (says me who wanted to turn back countless times) .

Everest Base Camp trek difficulty

Altitude: Lobuche (4 930m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Everest Base Camp (5 360m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m)

Time: 10 hours | 12 km.

Difficulty: Moderate with a steep climb towards Gorak Shep and an easy trail to Everest Base Camp. The difficulty lies in hiking time and the high altitude.

Overview: Today is the day you reach Everest Base Camp! You’ll arrive in Gorak Shep, drop off your bags and have lunch before departing north along the Khumbu Glacier to Everest Base Camp.

Highlight: It should be reaching Everest Base Camp, right?

Tea house: Buddha Lodge

Whilst the previous day’s hike from Dingboche to Lobuche was certainly the toughest and most physical section, getting to Gorak Shep, and then on to EBC and Kala Pattar were the most emotionally and mentally challenging sections of my entire Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Your day will start with a moderate hike leading to Gorak Shep from Lobuche. After about an hour into your hike, the path becomes steep with numerous boulders to pass. Whilst it isn’t a strenuous climb, the altitude will affect you and you’ll be walking very slowly.

Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp

Everest Base Camp hike in Nepal

You’ll reach Gorak Shep at lunchtime where you’ll drop off your bags and prepare for the afternoon hike to EBC.

You don’t actually stay at Everest Base Camp. Gorak Shep is your base with the closest tea house to EBC.

After lunch, you’ll trek to Everest Base Camp. The path is made of rocky sections and loose stones. You’ll be exhausted at this point. But the adrenalin rush will keep you going. The excitement to finally reach Everest Base Camp will get you to the end.

Arriving at base camp is surreal. You can see the Khumbu Icefall in the distance, one of the most notorious sections leading up to the Everest summit.

It’s an eerie feeling reaching Everest Base Camp but absolutely gorgeous standing at the foot of the highest mountain in the world.

You’ll then make your way back to Gorak Shep which is where you’ll spend the night.

The reality

How tough is the EBC trek

The most vivid memory I have of my entire Everest Base Camp trek is sitting in the tea house in Gorak Shep after returning from Base Camp.

The communal area of more than 60 people was quiet. You could only hear the sounds of loud coughing. There were no celebrations by those who had made it to Everest Base Camp and the atmosphere was not jovial.

Everyone was feeling sick and looking worse for wear. People were being helivaced from Gorak Shep to Lukla, others were on oxygen. You could see trekkers struggling to take a bite of their food.

I was so emotional because I was just so incredibly exhausted. You could sense that everyone was at their breaking point and had been pushed to their limits. Including me.

Tip: Don’t rush! Remember that you’re breathing in air with 50% oxygen. Many trekkers get excited as they’re so close to Everest Base Camp, but you still need to be careful. From what I saw, several people got sick and had to be put on oxygen AFTER they’d successfully reached EBC, perhaps this is because they’d taken it too fast.

Kala Patthar in Gorak Shep

Altitude: Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Kala Patar (5 643m) – Pheriche (4 370m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 13 km.

Difficulty: This day is difficult, only because of Kala Patthar! The rest is easy as you’ll be going down the mountain to a lower altitude.

Highlight: Everything about the trek up to Kala Patthar. The 5 am wake-up call, the ice-cold temperatures, the steep trail, the incredible view!

Overview: The day starts with an early morning trek to Kala Patthar for the best views of Mount Everest. After returning to Gorak Shep, you’ll head back down to Pheriche.

Gorak Shep to Periche on your EBC itinerary

You can’t actually see Mount Everest from Everest Base Camp or Gorak Shep as Lhotse sits in front of it and blocks the view.

This is why people trek to Kala Patthar, which is a nearby viewpoint next to Gorak Shep.

Be prepared for a long and tiring day! Just when you thought it couldn’t get any tougher, day 10 of your Everest Base Camp trek will really push you to your limits.

Sitting at 5 643m, Kala Patthar is a small, rocky peak with a rewarding view of Mount Everest, Changtse, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Your morning starts with a 5 am wake-up call as you prepare to hike to Kala Patthar. Some trekkers choose to skip this part of the itinerary because they’re too sick and just do not have the energy to make it to the top.

The main goal is Everest Base Camp, right? You’ve made it!

You don’t have to climb Kala Patthar. Listen to your body and if you’re not feeling well, don’t do it! I was incredibly slow, fatigued, and sluggish and only got about ¾ of the way to the top before our guide advised that we turn back.

If we didn’t, we’d fall behind on the day’s schedule.

After climbing Kalla Patthar, we arrived back at our tea house at Gorak Shep at about 9 am, had a quick breakfast then began our long trek past Lobuche and on to Pheriche.

My day hadn’t got off to a good start and I was feeling very weak hiking Kala Patthar, but as soon as we began our downhill climb, I regained my strength and felt like a different person!

Tip: If you’re feeling sick at Gorak Shep, make sure you monitor this but the moment you go to a lower altitude, you will feel stronger.

Tip: If you’re continuing to Island Peak, you can check out my Island Peak guide. To sum it up, from Gorak Shep, you’ll go to Dingboche ( and not Pheriche as this route goes) . After spending the night in Dingboche, you’ll go in a different direction to Chukhung and Island Peak Base Camp.

Last day of my Everest Base Camp itinerary in Nepal

Altitude: Pheriche (4 280m) to Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 14km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Easy but a long day of hiking.

This day (and the next) are particularly long and you’ll want to get off the mountain ASAP!

You’ll be running down from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar as it’s so much easier to breathe as the elevation decreases. You’ll also be craving a hot shower, clean clothes, a proper meal, and a warm bed.

Soon, you’ll hit the tree line once again, cross over suspension bridges, and pass scores of mules.

After every corner, you’ll think you’ve reached Namche Bazaar, but it’s further than you expect, and the trail seems to go on forever. On your way down you still have sections where you climb up and down (yes, more climbing), but there’s no altitude gain so who’s complaining!

You’ll pass Tengboche, which is home to the largest monastery in the Khumbu region and the village where most trekkers stop on their way up the mountain (But we chose a different route on this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary).

Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Lukla (2 860m).

Trekking time: 18 km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Same as yesterday! A long day of hiking.

You’ve made it to the last day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary! Today you’ll retrace your steps from Day 1 and 2 (except this time you’ll cover the same distance in 1 day, and not 2!)

You’ll also see other trekkers ascending to EBC looking bright-eyed and bushy-tailed. If only they knew what was in store for them over the next few days! You’ll smile at them, and offer words of encouragement, but deep inside, you’ll just thanking your lucky stars that it’s them going up, and not you!

Enjoy your last lunch on the mountains in the village of Phakding before taking on the last section to Lukla. Spend the night in Lukla where you’ll celebrate with a delicious meal and a few cold beers!

Last day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Lukla to Kathmandu

Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla

On the last day, you’ll be ready to say goodbye to the mountains! Once again your flight isn’t guaranteed to leave on schedule so one last bit of patience is required.

After I landed in Kathmandu, I went straight to my hotel, had the best hot shower EVER, ordered takeaways, hopped into bed, and didn’t leave my room for 24 hours! Those 24 hours of doing nothing were absolutely incredible!

Pictures speak a thousand words! After going through my EBC trek itinerary, check out my photo diary with includes all the highlights of my trek to Everest Base Camp.

Is Everest Base Camp trek worth it

Absolutely – But it’s not easy! From the terrifying flight into Lukla to the long trekking days, freezing cold tea houses, weeks with no showers, dealing with altitude sickness, and all the aches and pains that come along with it – It’s brutal.

But the experience is incredible and you’ll gain memories that will last a lifetime!

Should you plan your Everest Base Camp Itinerary with a tour or not

Everest Base Camp trek itinerary for 12 days

This one’s debatable!

In 2014 I summited the highest mountain in Africa, Mount Kilimanjaro . For this trek, you have to book a tour through an organized trekking company. I thought the same would apply to Everest Base Camp and wrongly assumed that attempting to conquer EBC independently was only for broke backpackers or highly experienced hikers.

I was wrong! You can definitely navigate the Everest region without a guide and many people do so.

However, I don’t regret booking through a trekking company, Mountain Monarch . Here’s why.

Why I booked my EBC trek with a tour group

Everest Base Camp and Island Peak Lunch Stop

Firstly, I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. For this extra section of the trek, a guide is required. Whilst Everest Base Camp requires no technical climbing, Island Peak does and it’s intense.

If you’re up for the challenge, I highly recommend you add Island Peak to your Everest Base Camp tour. You can read about my climb to Island Peak here!

Secondly, I had previous experience with high altitude climbing and if it wasn’t for my skilled guide, I wouldn’t have made it to the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro. As with Kili, getting to Everest Base Camp is tough and reality is that it can be fatal. You need to pace yourself. Many people are put on oxygen and need assistance and those who trek independently don’t have immediate access to these emergency services.

And lastly, the fellow trekkers that I met on my Everest Base Camp tour were the best teammates anyone could ask for. I loved the support, the humor, the motivation, and having a small group of people who were there for me through thick and thin. As you get to the end of your Everest Base Camp trek, you’re going to need all the support you can get.

Final thoughts on how to plan a trek to Everest Base Camp

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is tough. Looking back, there are so many moments where I was thinking “ Why the F$%# did I sign up for this ” and “ With this money, I could’ve spent an extra 3 months backpacking instead of putting myself through this torture “.

But, challenging myself, my mind, my body – and crushing my goal and STILL going on to summit Island Peak – man, you cannot beat that feeling!

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Looking for more information on how to get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp? Drop me a question in the comments section below!

Psst… Looking for epic adventures to add to your bucket list? Check out my other posts!

  • Complete Guide To Island Peak Climbing in Nepal
  • The Perfect Everest Base Camp Packing List
  • 10 Things You Need To Know For Your Kilimanjaro Trek
  • Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty: 11 Key Things You Need To Know
  • Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing: My Highlights and Photo Diary

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary - Torn Tackies Travel Blog

Hi, I'm Carryn. I’m an adventure travel blogger trying to figure out my way through life by traveling and exploring. Join me as I share my travel guides and tips for life abroad. Find out more about me here .

Backpacking Indonesia: 26 Things I Wish I Knew

Everest base camp trek difficulty: 12 key things you need to know, 24 thoughts on “the ultimate everest base camp trek itinerary: how to get from lukla to everest base camp”.

Wow! Sounds like such an adventure. I loved reading your in depth post about your Everest base camp itinerary. It sounds like there is so much that goes into preparing but definitely sounds like you had the adventure of a lifetime.

Thanks Ann. It sure was an adventure I’ll never forget!

Ok, this post was epic – so much information I have to save it. Thanks for sharing!

Thanks Laura! Glad you found it helpful.

this is absolutely breathtaking! i honestly don’t know if I would ever be prepared to do this myself, but your day by day break down was really helpful!

Thanks Claire! Looking back at the photos I’m still in shock that I managed to get to Everest Base Camp!

Amazing. What a trek and journey for your mind, body and soul!

It was indeed!

This is epic! Im going in April and I’m so excited. Ive done Annapurna base Camp and loved it so I’m sure ill love this too!

Hi Emma, Good luck for your trek! I’d love to hear how EBC compares to Annapurna.

So interesting to read about your experience! I’m going to Nepal soon to do the Annapurna base camp and mardi Himal. They have a lower altitude but I’m still a bit nervous because of the altitude sickness 🙆🏼‍♀️

Hi Nina, I’m sure you’ll love it. Just take your time and don’t be afraid to walk super slow (like I did)!

WoW! This sounds like one amazing trip and one I’m sure that you will never forget! Really inspiring

Thanks Lori. EBC tops my bucket list so now I’m looking for the next adventure to conquer!

Wow! This sounded so intense! What an experience to say that you’ve done it.

It was tough, but everyone goes through a different experience. I thought about turning back so many times, but I’m so glad I stayed strong and kept going!

Wow! What an incredible experience, I don’t know if I’m ready for it but you definitely gave me some things to think about, thanks for sharing!!

Thanks Meghan!

Amazing!!! Wonderful recap! EBC isn’t easy! That was my first dance with altitude! Need to get back to do Island Peak!!!

Hey Bridget, Island Peak is incredible and I’m so glad I added it to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. Congrats on making it to base camp!

BADASS! I love that you mentioned a longer itinerary to acclimatize (is that the right word? lol) naturally and a way to get off the beaten path for this popular trek! I hope to make the Everest Base Camp Trek in the coming years and this is definitely a guide I will come back to help plan (: AND CONGRATS on killing it on this hike! So epic!

Hay Aaren, thanks for the kind message! I’m so stoked that I made it to base camp. And you can to! If you ever decided to trek to EBC, let me know!

Congrats on choosing the High Scenic Trail via Mong La and Phortse instead of the crowded Tengpoche route 95% of trekkers use. The best kept secret in Khumbu is finally leaking out!

About helicopter traffic: Google [helicopter rescue scam Nepal] and be educated. Multimillion dollar business now, thousands of EBC trips destroyed every year with this insurance fraud.

Hi Petrus, Agree – the less crowded route is far better!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest base camp trek 2024/2025.

The Everest Base Camp trek (EBC) is possibly the most dramatic and picturesque in the Nepalese Himalayas. Not only will you stand face to face with Mount Everest, Sagarmatha in Nepali language, at 8,848m (29,029 ft), but you will also be following in the footsteps of great mountaineers like Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay, who all wanted to reach Everest's summit. Below, we list more than 20 Everest Base Camp treks offered by some of the best trekking agencies in Nepal. Bookmundi has received more than 400 applications from trekking agencies around the world who wish to offer their Everest Base Camp trek with us. We have chosen the 20 best agencies so you are guaranteed a good trek as well as a great price. If you wish to explore other great treks in Nepal , check out the Manaslu trek as well as the famous Annapurna Circuit trek .

Showing  90 Trips in Everest Base Camp trek  with 1,961 Reviews

Upendra Duwadi

We use cookies to analyze traffic and give you personalized content and ads. It's an essential part of giving you a great site experience. Click on the 'Accept' button if you agree with our use of tracking and analytical cookies. Please refer to our  Cookie Policy  for more information.

Everest Base Camp Trek

Instant book available

Everest Base Camp Trek

Gokyo and Everest Base Camp trek

Everest Base Camp – Kalapathar Trek

Everest Base Camp – Kalapathar Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp & Annapurna Circuit Trek

Everest Base Camp Trekking

Everest Base Camp Trekking

10 Day Everest Base Camp Trek with Chopper Return

10 Day Everest Base Camp Trek with Chopper Return

Everest Base Camp Trek in Comfort

Everest Base Camp Trek in Comfort

Short Everest Base Camp Trek

Short Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek

Popular Activities

  • Adventure Tours
  • Climbing Tours
  • Helicopter Tours
  • Mountains Tours
  • Trekking and Hiking Tours

Upcoming Departures

  • Winter tours
  • Spring tours
  • Summer tours
  • July 2024 tours
  • August 2024 tours
  • September 2024 tours
  • October 2024 tours
  • November 2024 tours
  • December 2024 tours
  • January 2025 tours
  • February 2025 tours
  • March 2025 tours
  • April 2025 tours
  • May 2025 tours
  • June 2025 tours
  • July 2025 tours
  • August 2025 tours
  • September 2025 tours
  • October 2025 tours
  • November 2025 tours
  • December 2025 tours
  • January 2026 tours
  • February 2026 tours
  • March 2026 tours
  • April 2026 tours
  • May 2026 tours
  • July 2026 tours

Trips per Duration

  • 1 day tours
  • 9 days tours
  • 10 days tours
  • 12 days tours
  • 2 weeks tours
  • 15 days tours
  • 16 days tours

Trending Travel Guides

  • Trekking Seasons in Nepal
  • Altitude Illness while Trekking in Nepal
  • Health and Safety while Trekking, Including Altitude Sickness
  • What to Pack for Trekking? Equipment Guide
  • Top 14 Best Treks in Nepal
  • Top 14 Things to Do in Nepal
  • Best Time To Visit Nepal
  • Great Nepal Itineraries: How Many Days to Spend?
  • 7 Days in Nepal: Our 5 Recommendations
  • Nepal in September: The Start of Fall Season
  • 5 Days in Nepal: Top 3 Recommendations
  • Top 15 Places to Visit in Nepal
  • Short Everest Base Camp Trek: Top 3 Recommendations
  • Best Time To Trek To Everest Base Camp
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in March
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in April: Weather, New Year and More
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in May: Weather, Tips and More
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in October
  • Everest Base Camp Trek in November
  • How Much Does it Cost to Trek to Everest Base Camp?
  • Winter in Nepal: Weather Tips and Top Destinations
  • Nepal in January: Weather, Deals and More
  • Planning a Trip to Nepal: A Perfect Holiday

Everest Base Camp Trek - Overview

trips to everest base camp

The trek to EBC is scenic and offers ever-changing Himalayan scenery through forests, hills and quaint villages. A great sense of anticipation builds as you trek up the Khumbu Valley, passing through intriguing Sherpa villages and Tibetan monasteries, all towered over by some of the highest and most stunningly beautiful mountains in the world. In the evenings, you will be rewarded with delicious Nepalese cuisine around the dining room fire while sipping Sherpa tea and conversing with other like-minded travelers.

Besides the superlative Mount Everest, some other prominent peaks visible during the Everest Base Camp trek include Lhotse (8501m), Makalu (8463m), Cho Oyu (8153m), and Ama Dablam (6856m).

Everest Base Camp map shows the trek route, and start and end location based on a standard itinerary.

Everest Base Camp Trek - Itinerary

On the Everest trail, not far from Namche Bazar, with a view towards the beautiful Mt Amadablam.

You can complete an Everest Base Camp trek in 2 weeks . But if you don’t have much time, you can go for a short Everest Base Camp trek of under 10 days. The standard trekking itinerary for the Everest Base Camp Trek is 12 days long. However, it may vary slightly depending on the trekking agency you choose to go with:

Alternate Routes:

  • Option 1: Although the EBC trek is the most well-known of all the treks in Nepal , there are other alternative treks that you can take. A popular choice is the shorter Everest Panorama Trek, which can be completed in 8 days. You will get to see Mount Everest and the surrounding peaks, but the Base Camp itself is not part of this trekking route. The maximum altitude on this trek is normally around 3,860 meters, as the itinerary's highest point is normally Tengboche.
  • Option 2: Another option is the Gokyo Trek , which takes 12 days to complete and offers views of Everest and nearby peaks, Gokyo Lake, and the longest glacier in Nepal - Ngozumpa Glacier. You also have the option to combine the Everest Base Camp Trek with the Gokyo Trek for a 15-day trip.
  • Option 3: A third alternative is the combined Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Trek , which takes 15 days. This trek is highly recommended, as you will see the amazing and pristine Gokyo region as well as Everest Base Camp.
  • Option 4: Finally, if you have 16 days available or more, you can do the amazing Everest Base Camp 3 Passes Trek, crossing the 3 passes, Kong Ma La Pass, Cho La Pass, and Renjo La Pass, each of them above 5,000 meters.

A view of Namche Bazar, the capital of the Everest region, just before the sun sets.

Everest Base Camp - Safety considerations

Please note the following safety considerations for the Everest Base Camp trek:

  • This is a high-altitude trek, and therefore, careful acclimatization is needed. Acclimatization days are required during the trek to avoid altitude sickness.
  • Temperatures regularly drop below freezing around EBC during early spring, late autumn, and winter. Please ensure you have the proper gear and clothing for the time of the year.

Check out our guide to find out the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp .

Everest Base Camp trek Tour Reviews

  • Tanja Tuominen

Ace the Himalaya

Trekking in Nepal, Peak Climbing, Mt Biking and Tours in Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet

Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days

  • EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 12 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek - 14 Days
  • Everest Base Camp with Island Peak - 19 Days
  • Everest Three Passes Trek - 20 Days
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek - 13 Days
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek - 19 Days
  • Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek - 9 Days
  • Manaslu Circuit Trek - 15 Days
  • Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek - 17 Days

whatsapp

Enjoy an exciting journey across the Khumbu region's trails with the stunning vistas of mountain peaks and the world's highest peak, Mt. Everest.

EBC Trek Highlights

  • Embark on a journey to the base of mighty Mt. Everest – Everest Base Camp .
  • Captivating aerial views of the Himalayas en route to Lukla .
  • Experience the wilderness of Sagarmatha National Park .
  • Discover Namche Bazaar, the gateway and cultural heart of the Everest region.
  • Immerse in the lively culture and tradition of the Sherpa community.
  • Great perspectives of the mountain range from the highest-placed hotel – Hotel Everest View .
  • Visit the oldest monastery in the Everest region, Tengboche Monastery.  
  • Get a glimpse of the Khumbu glacier and Khumbu icefall .
  • Picturesque trek to Kala Patthar (5,555 m) and Nangkartshang  Peak (5,083 m) .
  • Spectacular views of Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, Thamserku, Cho Oyu , and many more.

Everest Base Camp Trek Overview

The Everest Base Camp trek combines the convenience of well-maintained paths with the raw beauty of the Himalayas. The Everest region, located in the lap of the mighty Himalayas, is recognized for its beautiful scenery and welcoming Sherpa people. This adventure not only brings you to the base of the world’s highest peak but also immerses you in the rich culture and traditions of Nepal.    

The 14 day Everest Base Camp trek will take you to a height of roughly 5,364 meters. It provides panoramic views of many 8,000-meter-high summits. You can witness the incredible view of Pumori, Lhotse, Nuptse, Lobuche, and other peaks, as well as the iconic Mt Everest itself.

The EBC trek journey begins with a breathtaking 35-minute flight from Kathmandu to Lukla in the month of (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) or a 20 minutes flight from Manthali/Ramechhap to Lukla including a 5 to 6 hours drive from Kathmandu to Manthali in the month of March, April, May, October, and November .

The Mount Everest Base Camp trek begins and ends in Lukla. The journey starts along the Dudh Koshi River’s bank, passing through the Sagarmatha National Park on the way to Namche Bazaar . Namche is the main trading point in the Everest region, also popularly known as an acclimatization destination for Everest region treks.

The walk is challenging, but the beautiful scenery of verdant forests, farmland, hills, and mountains will inspire you to keep going. We will depart Namche Bazaar after a day of acclimatization and continue our trek to Tengboche.

Upon arriving, we visit the renowned Tengboche Monastery. We will continue our walk to Dingboche and eventually to Lobuche from here. During the hike, you will be able to see Lhotse , Nuptse, Makalu, Cho Oyu, Ama Dablam, and many more peaks.

Continuing the journey, we hike to Gorak Shep and walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier until we reach mount Everest base camp. The Khumbu Glacier , the world’s deepest glacier, can also be seen from the Everest base camp. We then return to Gorak Shep to spend the night.

The following day, we hike up Kala Patthar, where we can see the sunrise over Mt. Everest and other peaks. After observing the scenery for a while, we return to Gorak Shep before descending to Pheriche Village.

We retrace our steps to Tengboche, passing through the lush forests of rhododendron and juniper, and continue to Namche. Once in Lukla, a flight back to Kathmandu concludes the EBC trek in Nepal .

Short Itinerary

Arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu (1,400 m) and transfer to hotel. Overnight at a hotel.

Flight to Lukla (2,840 m) from Kathmandu – 35 minutes or drive to Manthali/Ramechhap (474 m) – 5 to 6 hours and a 20 minutes flight to Lukla, and then trek to Phakding (2,610 m) – 3 to 4 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Phakding – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization Day at Namche (3,440 m). Hike to Hotel Everest View (3,880 m) and back – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Tengboche (3,860 m) from Namche Bazaar – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Dingboche (4,410 m) from Tengboche – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization Day. Hike to Nangkartsang Peak (5,083 m) and back – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lobuche (4,910 m) from Dingboche – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Everest Base Camp (5,364 m) and then back to Gorak Shep (5,190 m) – 8 to 9 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Early morning Hike to Kala Patthar (5,555 m) and then, descend to Pheriche (4,240 m) – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Pheriche – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lukla (2,840 m) from Namche Bazaar – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Flight Back to Kathmandu – 35 minutes or Manthali/Ramechhap – 20 minutes from Lukla and same day drive to Kathmandu – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a hotel.

Transfer to the International Airport for your Final Departure.

Our standard itinerary might differ slightly due to unpredictable happenings and events out of our control. Factors such as flight cancellation/delay, unfavorable weather, natural calamities, newly implemented government rules, political affairs, trekkers’ health condition, etc., are possible. Evaluating the situation’s possible solutions allow the trekking to resume as much as possible based on the best alternatives. In these times, we look for your cooperation and flexibility. Read more

It is advised you arrive a day before the trip start date so you can rest and it also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required for the trek. Also, it is best if you book your international flights with spare days in Nepal before and after your trek in case of any flight delays or cancellations due to weather. Moreover, you have options to customize this trip where you can add on a sightseeing tour in Kathmandu , other adventure sports or day trips around the country before or after the trek.

Lukla flight information

We would like to inform you regarding the Lukla flight details which may affect your itinerary. During peak seasons, (including March, April, May, October and November) the flight to Lukla will be operated from Ramechhap/Manthali due to air traffic expansion, which is about a 5 to 6-hour drive from Kathmandu. Whereas, during nonpeak seasons, (including January, February, June, July, August, September and December) the flight is operated from Kathmandu.

Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during the specific month.

Unpleasant weather conditions, congested traffic in the Airport, unmanaged runway, topographical difficulties, etc., are the significant reasons for Lukla flight delay/cancellation. Therefore, if you intend on trekking in the land of Everest region, arranging additional one or two days in your trip is highly preferable. This will help in case of flight delay/cancellation and thus board on the pre-planned international flight.

Everest Base Camp Trek Departures 2024 & 2025

Secure your spot now on our best-selling trip! Spaces fill up fast, so book early to avoid missing out. Feel free to ask any questions later – reserve your adventure today and embark on an unforgettable journey!

Looking for personalized Everest trek? We organize privately guided journey which is mainly designed to fit your taste and interest. Please fill out the form below to get started.

Departure Date

  • Lead Traveler's Full Name *
  • No. of Travellers * No. of Travellers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20+
  • Country Country Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
  • How did you find Ace the Himalaya? * How did you find Ace the Himalaya? Google Search Yahoo Other Search Engine Facebook Twitter Newsletter Ace Blog I m a Previous Client Friend Recommendation Lonely planet Trip Advisor Magazine Advertisement Brochures/flyers I met you in Trade shows I am your Trade partners From North American Representative From European Representative From Australian Representative The Clymb Groupon Travel Zoo Scoupon From Other Deal Sites Others
  • I agree to Ace the Himalaya Terms and Conditions
  • Prove your humanity : eight plus 3 =
  • Name This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Inclusions in the EBC Trek Price

  • All (international and domestic) airport transfers on a tourist vehicle

Twin-sharing/double accommodation in a 3-star hotel for 2 nights in Kathmandu including breakfast (Private room accommodation can be organized at an extra cost)

Twin-sharing guesthouse accommodation during the trek for 11 nights in the Everest Region with attached toilets in Lukla, Phakding & Namche

  • All your standard meals during the trek (Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner) including one hot drink and seasonal fruits  
  • Experienced, first-aid trained, government licensed, English-speaking Ace the Himalaya's trekking guide
  • Permits for Sagarmatha/Everest National Park and TIMS (Trekkers' Information Management System)
  • Porters during the trek for carrying luggage (1 porter for every 2 clients)
  • Wages, accommodation, meals, gear, insurance, and medications for all staff
  • Filtered water in the trails using Water Filter or using water purification tablets
  • Round-trip airfare between Kathmandu/Manthali and Lukla
  • 1 Ace the Himalaya’s duffel/kit bag, trekking map, sun hat, Buff (Neck Gaiter) and trip completion certificate
  • A farewell dinner on the last night in Nepal
  • All administrative expenses and government taxes

Price Excludes

  • Meals (lunch and dinner) in Kathmandu
  • International flight fare and airport departure tax
  • Any beverages including bottled and boiled water
  • Travel insurance along with high-altitude emergency evacuation coverage
  • Tips to trekking staff and driver
  • Nepal Entry Visa (Visa can be acquired easily after your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu with a fee of USD 50 for 30 days visa and USD 125 for 90 days visa)
  • Personal Trekking gear and equipment
  • Any expenses other than the Price Include section

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Day 01: arrival at tribhuvan international airport in kathmandu and transfer to hotel.

Upon your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu, one of our representatives will warmly welcome you. You’ll be escorted to your hotel in our private tourist vehicle.

During the pre-trip meeting, you’ll have the opportunity to meet your trip guide and address any questions or concerns you may have about your upcoming mountain trekking adventure with one of our team members.  

Airport Arrival

Note : Pre-trip meeting will be done at the office if you arrive before 4 pm and in your hotel itself if you arrive later in the evening. Be sure to bring two copies of passport-sized photos and a readable copy of your travel insurance policy to the meeting.

These documents help to acquire trekking permits and related documentation during the trek. Pay the remaining balance of your invoice and sign in the legally binding trip form and non-liability disclaimer.

Day 02: Fly to Lukla from Kathmandu or drive to Manthali/Ramechhap & flight to Lukla and then trek to Phakding

Manthali to Lukla Flight (March, April, May, October, and November) During peak seasons, such as March, April, May, October, and November, the flight to Lukla will be operated from Ramechhap/Manthali due to air traffic expansion. The Manthali/Ramechhap airport is about a 5 to 6 hours drive away from Kathmandu. On this day we wake up at 1:30 to 2:30 am and take an escorted shuttle to Manthali airport on a shared tourist vehicle and board a 20-minute flight to Lukla.

Kathmandu to Lukla Flight (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) The flight to Lukla is typically operated from Kathmandu during nonpeak seasons, which include January, February, June, July, August, September, and December . Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during a specific month. On this day we wake up at 5 to 6 am. Our staff will escort you to the domestic airport terminal in Kathmandu and board a 35-minute flight to Lukla.

Helicopter Option

You have the option to book a direct helicopter flight from Kathmandu to Lukla for an extra charge of USD 550 per person. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis. This is the best alternative to avoid the long drive to Manthali airport during peak season (March, April, May, October, and November).

Prepare your luggage for the trek the day before the flight. You will be arriving at the Tenzing Hillary Airport early in the morning. Breakfast in Lukla. Porters will meet the group in Lukla and are assigned to carry luggage. For every two clients, one porter is assigned.

Today we trek to Phakding. The trail is straightforward. We head out of Lukla and follow the Dudh Koshi River downhill. The route connects to the Namche Bazaar trail, just above Chaurikharka (2,713 m/8,900 ft). Continuing, we come across the small village of Ghat. After a brisk hike, we arrive at Phakding.

Lukla Airport

Day 03: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Phakding

After breakfast, we follow the trail alongside the Dudh Koshi River while crossing suspension bridges along the way. After hiking for a while, we come upon Sagarmatha National Park and go through entry permit verification in the Everest region.

As the trek advances, we ascend a steep climb with astonishing perspectives of majestic Himalayas, splashing glacial rivers, multi-colored prayer flags, and sacred mani stones. We arrive in the charming Sherpa town of Namche Bazaar in the early evening.

Posing in front of Hillary Bridge on the way to Namche Bazaar from Phakding

Day 04: Acclimatization Day at Namche. Hike to Hotel Everest View and back

Trekking at higher elevations can lead to altitude sickness and other severe illnesses. That is why it is a must to acclimate to the increasing elevation. The initial acclimatization day on this trek is scheduled in Namche Bazaar.

Namche Bazaar the main trading center in the Everest Region run by the Sherpa people. Here you can purchase various things such as trekking equipment, and local handicrafts, as well as find accommodations like hotels and guesthouses.

On this day, we acclimate at Namche Bazaar by hiking nearby destinations. We make our way to Sherpa Cultural Museum and discover the history and culture of the Sherpa community.

Afterward, we hike up to Syangboche Airport (the highest airport in Nepal) and Hotel Everest View (the highest hotel on the planet), one of the best viewpoints in the Everest region . Gorgeous vistas of Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse, and other peaks can be seen from here.

Acclimatization hike to Namche Bazar view point

Day 05 : Trek to Tengboche from Namche Bazaar

The trail to Tengboche is rocky. The route descends early in the day and then climbs up to Tengboche.

Begin the trek advancing along the Dudh Koshi River. Witness the enchanting sight of the mountains along the way. Advance to Phungi Thenga, passing through lovely rhododendron forest.

On moving further, you arrive at Tengboche with an astonishing view of Mt. Everest, Ama Dablam, Lhotse and Nuptse. The stunning views of lush rhododendron forest, glacier, rivers, and monasteries along the EBC trail is rewarding.

After arriving in Tengboche, we visit the Tengboche Monastery and observe Lamas performing a prayer ceremony either in the morning or evening.

Rests along the steep uphill to Tengboche

Day 06: Trek to Dingboche from Tengboche

After spending a night in Tengboche, we head for Dingboche in the morning. The trek moves on to Deboche through the alpine forest, and we cross Imja Khola via a suspension bridge. On the way, we come across a wall inscribed with stones.

Later in the day, you will be rewarded with a captivating view of Ama Dablam. After we ascend to the village of Pangboche and follow the trail leading to Imja Valley. At long last, we reach Dingboche village after making an ascent.

Mesmerizing view enroute to Dingboche

Day 07: Acclimatization Day. Hike to Nangkartsang Peak and back

After acclimating for the first time at Namche, we will have a rest day today. Adapting to the increasing altitude and changing environment is essential for the human body to prevent altitude sickness .

Today we acclimate by making a hike to Nangkartsang peak . The view of Ama Dablam from the peak is awe-inspiring. After the acclimatization hike, you can explore the village or relax in the teahouse.

Everest Base Camp Dingboche acclimatization hike to Nangkartsang Peak

Day 08: Trek to Lobuche from Dingboche

On this day, we leave for Lobuche by hiking a gentle climb to Thukla. From this point, you’ll be stunned by the splendid sight of Taboche and Cholatse. Continuing, we pass through the lateral moraine of the Khumbu Glacier and stone memorials at Thukla Pass .

These stone memorials are constructed in the memory of the departed souls of climbers, adorned by colorful prayer flags. After a brisk hike, we arrive in Lobuche village. The massive mountain vistas of Nuptse, Lobuche, and Pumori can be seen from the village.

View from Thukla Pass with Prayer flags

Day 09: Trek to Everest Base Camp and then back to Gorak Shep

Today there are two sections of the EBC trek. First, the trail follows the route to Gorak Shep and then to Mount Everest Base Camp.

After having breakfast, we leave Lobuche, hiking along the Khumbu glacier while enjoying the magnificent view of Mt. Nuptse. Soon we reach the village of Gorak Shep.

From this point, we continue our trek all the way to Everest Base Camp. The trail ahead is challenging as it is rugged terrain. The captivating view of Khumbu Glacier and Khumbu Icefall is visible along the way.

Once we reach base camp, you will be rewarded with a panoramic view of Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Pumori, Khumbutse, and surrounding peaks. It’s a great feeling to be present at the base of the world’s highest mountain.

In addition, we may encounter expedition teams and climbers during peak seasons.  We then retrace the path back to Gorak Shep.

A group of trekkers at Everest base camp

Day 10: Morning Hike to Kala Patthar and then, Descend to Pheriche

Today we hike to the highest point of the Everest Base Camp Trek, Kala Patthar. The hike begins very early in the morning with a breathtaking sunrise view over the giant mountains.

Kala Patthar is an excellent vantage point for the incredible view of Lhotse, Nuptse, Pumori, and Mount Everest.

Embrace every moment of joy and sensational feelings you experience while in Mount Everest’s lap. After enjoying quality time, we make our way down to Gorak Shep and resume our EBC trek following the route down to Pheriche village.

Early Morning view of Kalapatthar

Day 11: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Pheriche

After a hearty breakfast, we move down to Namche, hiking along the trail we had taken earlier. As the trek progresses, we come across Pangboche village, following Tengboche village.

We cross a suspension bridge and enter the forest trail hiking until we arrive in Namche Bazaar.

Pheriche Village with Thamserku and Kangtega in the background

Day 12: Trek to Lukla from Namche Bazaar

The adventure of hiking Everest Base Camp ends today once we reach Lukla. We leave Namche Bazaar for Lukla after breakfast. Since this is your last day in the Everest region, take a walk around the village.

Enjoy and celebrate the lifelong moments made along trails of the region.

Lukla Night Life

Day 13: Flight back to Kathmandu or Manthali/Ramechhap from Lukla and same day drive to Kathmandu

Lukla to Manthali Flight (March, April, May, October, and November) The flight from Lukla to Manthali is a 20-minute flight. After that, it is about a 5 to 6 hour drive to Kathmandu. Please note that the driving hours may vary according to the highway traffic condition. You’ll be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu on a shared tourist vehicle.

Lukla to Kathmandu Flight (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) The flight from Lukla takes about 35 minutes. After arriving at the airport, you will be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu via a shared tourist vehicle.  Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during a specific month.

You have the option to book a direct helicopter flight from Lukla to Kathmandu for an extra charge of USD 550 per person. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis. This is the best alternative to avoid the long drive to from Manthali airport to Kathmandu during peak season (March, April, May, October and November).

If you would like to spend more time in Nepal, we offer trips to popular destinations in Nepal. Pokhara tour, Chitwan National Park, Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tours, etc., are some of our popular Nepal trips. In addition, we also provide outbound tours to Tibet, India, and Bhutan.

You will be served a farewell dinner in a fine restaurant.

Lukla Airport take off early morning

Day 14: Transfer to the International Airport for your Final Departure

It’s the end of our exciting journey in the Everest region! Today we conclude our 14 days Everest Base Camp Trekking. One of our airport representatives will accompany you to the International Airport for your flight back home.

We bid you farewell, and hoping you’ll travel to Nepal again.

Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Here is a list of what you might want to pack for the Everest base camp hike. Please take this as a starting point. You’ll need layers of warmer clothing during the winter.

We provide a 75 liter duffel bag for you to use for the trek. It will be given to you during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu. The duffle bag is yours to keep. Also, you can rent sleeping bag and down jacket with us at the additional fee of USD 35 for each once you are in Kathmandu.

  • Four-season (zero degree) sleeping bag (We have rental sleeping bags available for an additional USD 35)
  • Sleeping bag liner
  • Puffy down jacket ( We have rental jackets available for an additional USD 35)
  • Daypack (35-45 liters recommended) with rain cover
  • Sun hat or cap (We'll provide you with a free Ace the Himalaya baseball cap.)
  • Knitted hat/Beanie
  • Scarf/Neck Gaiter/Buff (highly recommended)
  • Technical fabric base layer (light for warmer months, heavy for colder months)
  • Technical fabric short (2) and long sleeve (2) shirts
  • Waterproof, windproof shell
  • Fleece jacket or pullover
  • Hiking pants (2)
  • Comfortable pants for inside the teahouses
  • Hiking shorts
  • Wool or technical fabric liner gloves
  • Hard-shell outer gloves (insulated for colder months)
  • Wool or technical fabric warm socks
  • Hiking socks
  • Liner socks (optional such as silk)
  • Trekking/hiking boots (waterproof recommended)
  • Ice Cleats /Micro Spikes (For trekking from November to March, it's recommended to include Ice Cleats/ Micro Spikes to prevent slipping on icy or wet surfaces.)
  • Casual shoes
  • Gaiters (lightweight for dust or heavy for snow in colder months)

Undergarments

Note: The quantity of each article of clothing can be adjusted to suit the preferences of each participant.

  • Technical fabric/quick drying is best for underwear (opportunities to launder during the trip)
  • Sports bras (women)
  • Pajamas or sleeping clothes

First Aid Kits and Medications

  • ( Note : Guides carry medications and first aid kits during the trip. However, personal kits and medications are highly recommended.)
  • Cough Syrup (recommend for Khumbu Cough)
  • Mosquito repellent cream (for Kathmandu and Phakding)

Other Essentials

  • Extra copies of passport-sized photos
  • Reusable water bottle
  • Toiletry kits
  • Water purification tablets or UV water purifier (if you plan to treat water)
  • Hydration bladder
  • Toilet paper (2 rolls)
  • High protein snacks (such as protein bars or nuts)
  • Waterproof/dry bags for carrying important documents and money
  • Airline tickets (Please leave a copy at our office in Kathmandu. This can be useful if there is a change in the date of the flight.)

Once you are in Nepal, you have the option to purchase supplies and gear for hiking if you have spare time. Our guide will assist you in buying the equipment. Thamel, which is Kathmandu’s tourist hub, offers a wide range of trekking equipment at affordable prices.  

  • Power bank or extra batteries
  • Cameras and mobile phone
  • Pee bottle/ pee funnel for women
  • Trekking poles
  • Thermos for hot water
  • We give you a free duffel bag and baseball cap during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu. The duffel bag will be used to pack your trekking supplies.
  • For every two participants, we assign one porter. The duffel bag, which should weigh around 10 kg/22 lbs, will be carried by the porter throughout the walk.
  • To carry your daily necessities like cash, crucial papers, a water bottle or bladder, a camera, toiletries, sunscreen, a notebook, clothing, etc., you must have your own daypack (with a waterproof cover).
  • You can store your luggage (non- trekking items) at the hotel in Kathmandu.
  • Total luggage allotment allowance for the Kathmandu-Lukla flight is 15 Kg/33 lbs including both duffel (10 Kg/22 lbs.) and backpack (5 Kg/11 lbs.)
  • Down jacket with a hood is a must for altitudes above 4,000 m to keep warm. You can rent a down jacket for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 200 per item.
  • You can rent a 4-season sleeping bag for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 200 per item.

Note: Some clothing, especially form-fitting, figure-hugging items made of elastic material (like yoga pants), may offend locals. Therefore, if you choose to wear these clothes for comfort, please make sure to wear something over them.

Everest Base Camp Trek Map & Elevation

Everest Base Camp Trek

EBC Trek Video

FAQs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Why trek with ace the himalaya.

Ace the Himalaya is proudly recognized as one of the best trekking companies in Nepal.  We have a reputation for successfully leading treks with knowledgeable leaders and staff taking care of all your travel needs.

We are a certified sustainable travel company that also endorses the idea of giving back to the community by participating in various philanthropic activities. Here are 17 reasons why you should choose Ace the Himalaya for your next adventure!

Is Nepal open to travelers following the Covid-19 pandemic?

Indeed, Nepal is entirely open. Travelers are welcome in Nepal without any restrictions. Arriving travelers can obtain a visa on arrival at the Kathmandu airport as well.

What are the conditions to travel to Nepal post Covid-19?

Traveling to Nepal is now hassle-free. You don’t need a vaccination certificate or negative PCR test, but check with your airlines and transit countries for any specific requirements.

We suggest you look at the Nepal immigration site https://www.immigration.gov.np for the most up-to-date information.

What additional documents do I need?

  • Two passport-sized photos (2×2 inch) to give to our office staff
  • A copy of your international flight ticket to give to our office staff
  • A copy of travel insurance to give to our office staff

What should I know about booking my flights to/from Nepal? Do I need to plan extra days in case of delays?

The best course of action is to add a day or two before and after your intended trek days in case of flight delays or cancellations. It also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required before your trip.

Please be aware that Ace the Himalaya is not responsible for any inconveniences or missed international flights resulting from unforeseen events like airport changes, flight delays or cancellations, etc.

Is hiring a guide necessary even if I have trekking experience?

You can hike to Everest Base Camp without a guide. A guide is there to assist you in going forward and making alternative plans and arrangements when unanticipated occurrences happen or when things get difficult.

Our hiking leaders are qualified experts. When talking about their trip, our guests frequently remark on how much fun they had and how crucial their guide was to make it successful.

Can the guide speak English?

Our guides are fluent in English. All the guides that we assign speak and understand English. They’ll share with you the fascinating stories, traditions, and folklore of the mountains. The guides will also help you communicate with the locals since many shopkeepers and hosts of teahouses don’t speak English.

Everest Base Camp Weather and Temperature

What is the best time to trek everest base camp.

The best time to trek to Everest base camp are autumn (Mid-September to November) and spring (March to early June). This trek is possible year-round, and we can organize it when it suits your schedule.

However, we generally suggest doing this trek in the favorable seasons and keep away from rainstorm season (July and August). In cold months of January and February, the temperature can be a little harsh in the mountains.

However, some prefer to travel during these months as it is less crowded given that you are well prepared with appropriate winter wear and other gears.

What kind of weather and temperature can I expect while trekking?

Due to its tendency to be localized, the weather in the Everest region is challenging to forecast. You could see rain, fog, cold, or hot and sunny weather while trekking. It is best to be equipped to handle various weather situations. In the Everest region, nighttime temperatures are significantly lower than midday temperatures. In less than a day, the temperature can change from a high of 25°C (77°F) to a low of – 20°C (-4°F). The weather and temperature ranges are typically predictable based on the month and season, even though it might be challenging to predict what each day in the mountains will bring.

Spring – March/April/May/June

Despite being the busiest season, spring is perhaps the best time to visit the Everest region. Activities assisting the expedition teams take place in Everest Base Camp. The many varieties of blossoming trees should be visible, and the sky should be clear with stunning vistas. During springtime, the average temperature is 20°C (68°F), with a high of 25°C (77°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Monsoon season – July/August through Mid-September

Since it rains heavily at elevations below 3500 meters, this season isn’t exactly ideal for travel in the Everest region. While it can occasionally be dry in areas above 4000 meters, it frequently rains so therefore not many people travel during this season. Trekking during the monsoon season has some advantages, such as a greater possibility of seeing waterfalls and the best opportunity to escape crowds. During the monsoon, the average temperature is 22°C (71.6°F), with a high of 30°C (86°F) during clear days and a low of- 5°C (23°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Autumn – End of September/October/November

In the Everest region, autumn is equally as busy as spring. It is one of the best times to go, too. While the plants and trees are not in bloom, the sky is often clear, offering breathtaking vistas from almost every viewpoint. The average temperature in autumn is 17°C (62.6°F), with a high of 20°C (68°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Winter – December/January/February

Due to fewer tourists, some people like winter travel. Even while the views are still beautiful, it can be cloudy, thus adding extra days is highly advised during this time. The average temperature is 10°C (50°F), with a high of 17°C (62.6°F) during clear days and a low of – 20°C (- 4°F) overnight above 4000 meters. The teahouses provide extra blankets for warmth at night.

What is the temperature rating of the sleeping bag that you lend to trekkers?

The temperature rating of the sleeping bags that we rent to trekkers is about -10°C (14°F). Also, our guides can obtain extra blankets if needed at the teahouses.

Can we hike to Kala Patthar first and then to Mount Everest Base Camp?

Yes, it’s possible to hike to Kala Patthar before reaching Everest Base Camp to witness stunning sunsets. However, due to unpredictable mountain evening weather, the safer approach is to trek to Everest Base Camp first and then ascend to Kala Patthar early the following morning.

Arrival and Visas

Is it possible to obtain a visa for nepal upon arrival at the airport.

Yes, you can obtain a Nepal visa upon your arrival at the airport. There are kiosks in the arrival hall that you use to complete the necessary forms.  The cost is USD 30 for a 15-day tourist visa, including numerous entries, or USD 50 and USD 125 for a 30-day or 90-day tourist visa including numerous entries respectively. You should carry cash (USD) with you to pay your visa fees quickly and easily, as digital payments are frequently unavailable.

Who will come to pick me up at the airport upon my arrival?

Our staff will be waiting for you outside the airport terminal with our signboard (Ace the Himalaya). You will be accompanied to a hotel in a private tourist vehicle.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

How much additional money do i need per day.

Typically, USD 15 to 20 per person per day will be sufficient. This is to purchase water, tea/espresso, snacks, and hot showers in the mountains and for lunch or dinner in Kathmandu. Additionally, if you want to buy souvenirs or native Nepali goods, you can bring extra cash with you.

Is it possible to use credit cards in the places I visit during the trek?

Nepalese Rupees cash is preferred to a credit card while trekking in the mountain region. Exchanging your cash into Nepali Rupees in Kathmandu before the beginning of the trek is ideal. This can be accomplished at the airport, at banks, or at your hotel. Please note the hotels will exchange up to about USD 100 for each transaction only. There are ATMs up to Namche Bazaar but can be unreliable. The currency exchange rate is better in Kathmandu.

Is it possible to reserve a trip now and pay a deposit later, or do I have to pay a deposit at booking/reservation?

When you book, you must pay a 30% deposit to secure your itinerary. The remaining balance can be paid upon your arrival at Kathmandu or before arrival. US Dollars cash and credit cards (Visa, Master, and American Express) are accepted once in Nepal. Please note a 4% transaction fee will be added for all credit card transactions.

How do I pay the remainder of my balance upon arrival in Kathmandu? US Dollars cash or credit card?

You can make payments via US Dollars cash or credit card (Visa, Master, and American Express). A 4% transaction fee is added if paying with a credit card. Thus, we encourage you to pay with USD cash if you are planning to pay upon your arrival in Kathmandu.

We prefer you pay with larger bills (USD 50 or 100).  Please note that the cash should not be older than 2009 and in good condition, as banks do not accept worn, torn, or crumpled bills.

How are the ATM and money exchange facilities in Kathmandu?

There are ATM and money exchange facilities almost every few meters in Thamel, where you will be staying in Kathmandu. So, you can easily use your cards to cash out limited sum of money to which a minimum charge is deducted by the ATM facility itself. You can easily exchange your foreign currencies in currency exchange centers for an exact rate.

Who Can Trek?

Do i need prior trekking experience.

Previous trekking experience is not required if you are physically healthy and have enough enthusiasm for the trek.

Are there any age restrictions for joining Everest Base Camp Trek Packages?

Our treks have no age restrictions if members are healthy and willing. We warmly welcome trekkers of all ages to embark on this incredible adventure.

We have had families with kids as young as 5 years do the treks along this region, and our oldest adventurers have been in their late 70s.

For more information, check out our blog titled Everest Base Camp Trek with Kids .

Is trekking to mountain regions safe for solo female travelers?

It is safe for a female to trek alone in Nepal. Nepal is usually regarded as a safe nation for female visitors traveling alone. It is entirely safe for a solo woman to trek with Ace the Himalaya on any of our treks.

Physical Fitness

How difficult is the everest base camp trek .

The Everest Base Camp Trekking in Nepal is somewhat challenging due to the altitude and long duration of the trek. It is a strenuous journey that comprises walking 5 to 8 hours a day. If you’re curious about the specific challenges and preparation needed, check out our blog on Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty for more insights.

How quickly do you walk on the trail?

The average walking speed for a reasonably fit person is 4 kilometers per hour. At higher elevations, it is highly recommended that you walk slowly to help with acclimatization.

What kind of physical training is necessary for trek preparation?

For Everest base camp trekking, you must prepare your body to walk over uneven, hilly landscapes while carrying a backpack. Walking at an incline, jogging, cycling, and going for long-distance hikes are all good ways to exercise.

You should work out for at least one hour four to five times a week for at least two months before trekking. For more comprehensive tips and detailed insights on how to prepare for this once-in-a-lifetime journey, check out our blog: How to prepare for Everest Base Camp trek .

What are the physical standards that I need for the trek?

Participants in good physical condition should be able to complete this trek. If you are not physically active, we advise starting an exercise regimen two months before the trek that includes at least an hour of walking at an incline, running, or biking four to five times a week.

Incorporating hiking into your workouts is ideal. It is advised to speak with a doctor before making travel arrangements if you have any health conditions that could affect your ability to complete the trek.

Trek Preparation and Packing

What is the weight limit for the lukla flight.

The weight limit for the Lukla flight is 15 kg (33 pounds), including your duffel bag and daypack. If your daypack weighs more than the allowed weight, you can pay an extra USD 2 to USD 5 per kilogram. Despite the extra pay, the baggage allowance is occasionally withheld. Therefore, we recommend you pack within the 15 kg weight limit.

What are the procedures after I make my deposit?

After making the deposit, one of our staff will email you for further information. We will require a copy of your passport photo page and your arrival/departure flight details. We will also provide you with additional trip information.

What sort of insurance do I need? How can I obtain a policy?

Travel insurance is mandatory for our hiking itineraries. We require your policy have medical evacuation coverage for the maximum elevation of your itinerary.  Insurance may also cover additional costs in the event of a flight delay or cancellation caused by bad weather, medical costs, theft, loss, and damage to your items while traveling.

Travel insurance can be obtained online by one of several travel insurance companies. Please note that insurance obtained from an airline at the time of booking your flight may not cover medical evacuation coverage.

What are the necessary items that I should pack for this trek?

You can find the necessary items to pack for the trek on the Equipment Section of this trek. Gear and equipment can be bought or rented upon your arrival in Kathmandu. If you plan on buying or renting gear in Kathmandu, please allow extra time.

Do you provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rent?

Yes, we do provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rental costs of USD 35 each. Do let us know before initiating the trek and we shall provide items.

What type of bag will the porters carry?

We provide you with a free duffel bag of 70 to 80-liter capacity that our porters will carry.  The maximum weight that porters can safely carry is 30kg, and each porter is assigned to two people.

What type of daypack should I bring?

We suggest a 30 to 40-liter capacity daypack. Wider straps and hip belts are recommended to assist you in carrying weight evenly and reduce pain.

What about my passport, medications, and belongings?

Bring copies of your passport, insurance papers, and other essential items in your carry-on during your flight. If you need to take medications daily, keep them in your daypack with your other essential possessions.  You can store other non-trekking essentials in the office of Ace the Himalaya or at the hotel in Kathmandu.

EBC Trek Accommodation

What kind of lodging is available on this trip.

In Kathmandu, we use three-star hotels including breakfast. We use Hotel Thamel House, Gaju Suite Hotel, Hotel Jampa, or comparable-class lodging in Kathmandu. Teahouses with clean rooms are used during the trek. For further information see  Teahouses in the Everest region trek

Is it possible to have private rooms while trekking in the Everest region or while in Kathmandu?

A private room in the teahouses and in Kathmandu can be guaranteed for an additional cost.

Do the rooms at the teahouse have a private attached toilet or do we have to use a common toilet?

Yes, we provide you with attached toilets in the teahouse in some places like Lukla, Phakding, and Namche only. You will have a shared toilet available in the teahouse for the rest of the places.

What happens if I end up staying an extra night/s in Kathmandu due to an unforeseen delay or cancelation?

The Everest Base Camp trek package includes 2 nights’ accommodation in Kathmandu.

In case of unforeseen circumstances such as flight cancellation, your health, or for any reason you decide to discontinue the trip and arrive early in Kathmandu then you will need extra accommodations in Kathmandu.

The cost of the teahouses in the mountains is not equivalent to the cost of a hotel in Kathmandu.  In such cases, we will arrange your accommodations, but you will need to pay a supplemental charge.

Is it necessary to bring toilet paper for the trek?

You can buy toilet paper in the guesthouses during the trek, but it can be expensive, so we suggest you bring some with you. You also need to bring personal items such as towels, soap, hand sanitizers, and so on.

Are there restrooms along the trail?

There are toilet facilities in the teahouses/lodges during the trek. Trekkers can also find private areas along the trail for emergencies.

What sort of food can I expect in trekking?

Multiple food choices are available in the guesthouses. Options include daal bhat (rice and lentil), bread, eggs, potatoes, noodles, soup, pasta, and pastries. We suggest eating vegetarian during the trip.

You will find a great deal of garlic on the menu since it helps with acclimatization. Each meal includes one hot drink.  Hot drinks include coffee, hot chocolate, tea, and hot lemon drinks. You can purchase an additional hot drink or sometimes soda at your own expense. You can also purchase candy or cookies (crisps) at your own expense.

Is the food in the mountains prepared to international standards in terms of safety?

Indeed, the guesthouses follow international guidelines while setting up the food and serve you clean, protected, and warm meals .

I'm a vegetarian. Is that a problem?

Most of the teahouses in the mountains offer vegetarian meals. So, being a vegetarian is not a problem. Vegetarian meals are preferable to avoid food poisoning and indigestion.

Is the water okay to drink? Do I need to bring purifying tablets or filters?

Natural spring water or tap water can be found along the trek and in guesthouses but must be treated. We use Katadyn filters to purify the natural water sources to make them safe to drink. This way, it is sustainable and pocket friendly as you need not buy bottled mineral water. You must carry a water bottle that can hold both hot and cold water and a hydration pack.

If the temperature drops too low for the Katadyn filter to function properly or if any technical issues occur, it is recommended to buy boiled water from the teahouse to ensure safe drinking water as an alternative.

Can we get hot or boiled drinking water? Does it cost extra?

Yes, teahouses do provide hot boiled water for an extra charge of USD 2 to 5 per liter. The cost varies and increases at higher altitudes.

Can I shower/bathe during the trek?

Yes, hot showers are available from Lukla up to Namche Bazaar for an additional cost. Some villages at higher elevation too might have shower availability. However, you can purchase a pail of warm water at higher elevations to bathe with.

It is not recommended to take showers above the village of Dingboche to avoid sickness. Depending on the location, it will cost an additional USD 5 to USD 8 for each shower during the trip.

Are there any laundry services available on EBC trek?

Some teahouses provide laundry services in the Everest region for an extra charge. However, it’s not guaranteed that your clothes will dry on the same day.

There is a possibility that you can wash your clothes yourself during acclimatization days in Namche and Dingboche. However, we recommend you pack enough clothes for your trek and do not rely on laundry services.

Can I charge my electronic equipment during the trek?

Yes, you can charge your equipment during the trek for an additional cost. The cost will vary but is around USD 1-5 per charge. Two pins (type C) and three pins (type D) adaptors are highly recommended. Bring these adaptors or purchase them while you are in Kathmandu.

Health and Safety

Do your guides have the trekking guide certificates from the hotel management and tourism center have they received first aid training for high altitudes.

We provide licensed trekking guides with fluent English. Our guides are certified by the Hotel Management and Tourism Center after receiving 45 days of training. Similarly, the guides receive high-altitude training from Kathmandu Environmental Education Project (KEEP).

What are safety measures in place? What safety equipment do your guides carry on the trek to deal with sickness/accidents?

Our guides are well trained and certified in first aid. Throughout the journey, our guides will evaluate your condition and your oxygen level using an oximeter. Our head office receives continuous updates on your condition and location through the guides. In places without a phone signal, your situation will be updated through a satellite phone during emergencies.

How do you allocate guides and porters in a group?

We allocate one guide for groups of up to 8 participants. For groups of over 8 participants, we allot an associate guide. As per the size of the group, we may add more guides or divide them into sub-groups.

We provide one porter for every two clients. Two clients’ duffel bags will be carried by one porter. The weight limit is 30kg or 15kg for each client. For an additional cost, we can arrange for one porter to carry one participant’s duffel.

Is Ace the Himalaya's staff insured?

Our company insures all our trekking staff members, including guides, cooks, Sherpa, and porters. Please browse through our legal docment page to view insurance details.

What vaccinations will I need?

While no vaccinations are strictly mandatory for travel to Nepal, it is highly advisable to take precautionary measures to protect your health. To ensure a safe and enjoyable trip, we recommend the following vaccinations: Routine Vaccines, Malaria, Japanese Encephalitis, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, Typhoid, Rabies, Cholera, etc.

It is also helpful if you inform us of any medical condition that is relevant so we may convey this information in the event of an emergency. Ace the Himalaya keeps your medical condition confidential unless treatment is necessary.

What if I am very sick in the mountain?

Our guides are 24 hours available for the services during the trek. They are trained to use first aid kit and have knowledge to use Oxy meter. They are very much aware that higher the altitude the oxygen level gets lesser so to get updated on the oxygen level of our client and to know whether they are fit enough or needs extra precautions to continue.

Guides carry local sim cards both Nepal Telecom and Ncell in order to update whereabouts and situation of our every client. During the time of emergency our guides are alert and keeps updated to head office in Kathmandu that is available 24 /7 to arranging from horse to mules or helicopters in the must needed cases especially when client is seriously sick in the mountain and needed to be hospitalized.

Do you guys have a PAC (Portable Altitude Chamber)?

Yes, we have access to a portable altitude chamber in case of an emergency. It is not essential to carry during the trek. Though, we can use arrange it upon request for an extra cost of USD 200.

Do you provide oxygen supply if needed?

Yes. Guesthouses at higher elevations such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep offer oxygen at an extra cost if needed. The cost of oxygen can be high so we recommend having travel insurance so they can reimburse you.

We can also provide pre-booked oxygen for an extra cost of USD 200 for 1 tank that can be carried along with you during the trek starting from Namche to higher elevations.

How are acclimatization and altitude related?

Altitude sickness is a possibility during the EBC trek. Air at higher elevations has less oxygen available. To avoid altitude sickness, acclimatization days and slow climbs are recommended at higher elevations. Along the trek, you’ll be assisted by our professional guides in recognizing and preventing altitude sickness.

What kind of trekking boot would be best for the trek?

An important piece of equipment is your trekking boots. Invest in a durable and comfortable pair, preferably with water-proof lining. Boots that provide ankle support on rough ground and have stiff soles are recommended.

What is necessary for sun protection during the trek?

Even when the sun isn’t shining, sun protection is essential. UV rays are reflected by the snow and the harshness of the sun will damage your skin before you notice it at high elevations. Therefore, proper clothing and sunblock are necessary. Hat, sunscreen, sunglasses, clothes, etc. are vital for sun protection.

Practical Matters

What is your cancellation policy.

Notice should be provided 20 days before the trip start date in case of cancellation. The trip can be canceled for justifiable reasons. Once the trip is canceled, a fee of 30% of the trip cost is retained for administrative costs.

However, the trip amount is entirely non-refundable if the cancellation is not made before the 20 days as per our terms and conditions. For submitting a claim to your insurance company after the cancellation, we can assist with documentation such as a receipt of monies paid. Refund will not be provided for unused accommodation in case of trip cancellation caused by personal reasons/sickness/weather.

More information about our cancellation policy can be found here in Terms and Conditions page.

Do I need to tip my guide and porter? How much would that be?

Tipping is expected and appreciated. You can tip your trekking guides and porters based on your satisfaction and enjoyment. We suggest you spend at least 10% of your total trek cost for tipping staff. You’ll learn more about how much to tip your group’s guides and porters during our pre-trip briefing in Kathmandu.

Is there any communication while we are trekking?

Yes. The guides carry local cell phones, so you can use their cell phones if necessary and reimburse them. Assuming you have brought your cell phone, you can obtain a local SIM card and use it. Our guides or representatives can help you get a local SIM card after your arrival. There is the availability of Wi-Fi at most teahouses for an additional cost.  We utilize satellite telephones for emergencies.

What is the Internet availability in the Everest region?

For internet usage, the Everest region has a network “Everest Link” which can be bought for around NPR 600-800(USD 5-7) for 6GB that can be used at one destination, or you can pay NPR 2500(USD 21) for 10GB data that can be used in the regions that have access to Everest link.

The purchase is valid for one device only. Some teahouses will have internet access and offer Wi-Fi hotspots for a charge. These are usually unreliable and not all teahouses will have connections, so it is recommended you purchase Everest Link or a 3G/4G SIM card to use for the duration of your trek.

Does it cost an extra amount if I am a solo traveler?

If you are a solo traveler and book one of our published dates, there is no additional fee. If you sign up for a private trip or change the trip date from one of our published trip dates, you will be charged an additional fee.

Is there a provision for a refund policy if I don't accomplish the trek?

Trekkers occasionally fail to complete the journey for medical or personal reasons. In this situation, be aware that we do not issue any refunds for products purchased or unused trek days. We must pay our administration staffs, guides, and porters, purchase trekking permits, and all other booked accommodations in advance, so our expenses remain the same.

Who else will be joining my trekking group?

If there are any, you will be allocated to a trekking group. The details of the personal data of your group members cannot be disclosed. However, feel free to contact us if you have queries about other trekkers in the group and we shall give you a general idea of the ages, nationality, and sex of your group members. Chances are you will be trekking with others unless you have booked a private trip.

What is your group size?

Our group size typically ranges from a minimum of 2 participants to a maximum of 14 participants. However, our average group size tends to be around 8 participants.

In addition to group treks, we also offer options for solo travelers and private group treks. If you’re interested in solo or private group treks, please don’t hesitate to contact us for more information.

Can I add extra days to my trekking trip?

You can extend your trekking trip for an additional cost. Potential arrangements will be made if we get a request from your guide. This is applicable for private or solo trips as the itinerary can be easily adjusted. The addition of extra days is bound by time when you are in a group. Therefore, discuss with your group and guide, what changes can possibly be made.

I want to extend my holiday, any recommendations?

Yes, you can extend your holiday. Ace the Himalaya offers many options and alternatives for your holiday extension. For more information, you can visit our Day trips pages.

Transportation and Flights

Do i need to book my international flights for the travel to nepal.

Yes, you must book your international flights. We are a local agency and do not make international flight arrangements. You can easily browse through flight tickets in airlines sites to book ones most feasible for you.

What form of transportation do you utilize?

We utilize private tourist vehicles for touring, city visits, and airport pickups. Based on the group size, we use cars, minibuses, or vans. We use 4WD when necessary.

Can we fly by plane to Lukla directly from the Kathmandu airport?

The flight to Lukla depends on the trekking season. During peak trekking seasons (March, April, May, October and November), the traffic in Kathmandu airport is congested so, the flight to Lukla may be from Manthali airport in the Ramechhap district. However, during the off-season, you can take a flight to Lukla directly from Kathmandu airport.

How can I reach Manthali Airport, Ramechhap? Do the airlines provide shuttle services to get to Manthali from Kathmandu?

You can reach Manthali airport by traveling in a vehicle. The journey is about 4 to 5 hours (depending upon traffic) by road.

Usually, the airline companies provide shuttle services at 3 am to get to Manthali airport, Ramechhap from Kathmandu (depending upon flight time). If airlines’ shuttle services are not available, Ace the Himalaya will arrange for a vehicle to Manthali airport.

To catch your Lukla flights, you will travel to Manthali early in the morning around 2 to 3 am from Kathmandu. If your departure time is early in the morning, you must arrive in Manthali the day before and spend the night there. More information will be shared 2 to 3 weeks before you arrive in Kathmandu.

The return journey from Manthali to Kathmandu will remain like your outward journey.

What sort of bus services can I expect to reach Manthali Airport from Kathmandu?

Generally, vehicles such as Toyota HiAce, Mahindra Scorpio, etc. are used for shuttle services between Kathmandu and Manthali. Even though the roads leading to Manthali are bumpy, sloping, and winding, the transportation options offered will be comfortable during the trip.

Is there a possibility of flying to Kathmandu from Lukla by plane directly after the trek?

The flight to Kathmandu from Lukla depends on the trekking season. Direct flight may not be possible during peak trekking season (March, April, May, October, and November) due to heavy air traffic in Kathmandu. Therefore, the flight arrives at the Manthali airport, Ramechhap.

What are the main reasons for Lukla flight delay or cancellation?

Bad weather conditions are the major reason for Lukla flight delay and cancellation. Other reasons can include congested air traffic at the Kathmandu Airport, staffing shortages, and other difficulties cause flight delays/cancellations.

Is there any alternative option if my flight to and from Lukla is canceled or delayed?

In the event that scheduled flight(s) to/from Lukla airport are canceled or delayed due to adverse weather conditions, making it necessary to ensure your trek departure or return, a chartered helicopter may be required, shared among up to five(5) passengers. Helicopters can operate in some weather conditions where airplanes cannot. Any expenses incurred for helicopter services will be the responsibility of the client(s) and are not covered by Ace the Himalaya. It is advisable to have a minimum of USD 550 per person (ONE WAY) readily available in case this situation arises. If you have comprehensive travel insurance, you may be able to claim these expenses later. We will provide you with the necessary documentation, including receipts and a letter from our company and the airlines, to facilitate your insurance claim process.

Is it possible to book a helicopter flight instead of regular flight between Lukla and Kathmandu?

Yes, you have the option to book a seat on a helicopter between Kathmandu and Lukla for an extra charge of USD 550 per person for a one-way flight. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis.

How much should I pay for a private Helicopter charter?

A private helicopter can be reserved for an additional cost of USD 3,500 for one way in addition to the flight cost between Kathmandu and Lukla. Similarly, a helicopter charter from Manthali to Lukla costs an extra USD 2,500 for a one-way flight. The seat limit is five. Meaning you will be sharing the cost with your fellow passengers. Sometimes, if you are lucky, the cost can get cheaper if there are passengers from Ace the Himalaya sharing the cost for both ways. We can give more information at the time of booking.

What is the weight limit in a helicopter?

Assuming the five-passenger weight limit of 80kg and a baggage limit of 15kg each, with a captain on board, the helicopter carries 475 to 575 kg on a single helicopter flight.

Traveler Reviews

These full and frank reviews are from travelers who have traveled with Ace the Himalaya previously. The reviews and experiences shown here are from reputable travel websites like TripAdvisor, Google, Facebook, and Trust Pilot, etc.

Ariel - I’ll be returning!

Google Reviews

Tanja Kerscher

Everest Base Camp Trek Video Reviews

Evan Phillips

Evan Phillips

Julia, Isabella & Isabelle

Julia, Isabella & Isabelle

Denise & Group

Denise & Group

Matthew & Natalie

Matthew & Natalie

Matt, Nicholas & Charlie

Matt, Nicholas & Charlie

Jeffrey Lenardson

Jeffrey Lenardson

Jarrod Lopiccolo

Jarrod Lopiccolo

Peyton & Emily

Peyton & Emily

Manuel

Cedric Rieder

Nitya

Kevin, Mayura & Gus

Jason Bergancia

Jason Bergancia

Emily Nowland

Emily Nowland

Saeid Bossaghzadeh

Saeid Bossaghzadeh

Natasha & Alex

Natasha & Alex

Julia & Nicholas

Julia & Nicholas

Srinivas

What makes this trip different ?

Our csr with sambhav nepal.

  • Ace the Himalaya believes in giving back to the communities that surround and support tourism in Nepal. Ace provides logistical support and, if needed, cash donations to the projects of Sambhav Nepal (a local NGO).
  • Sambhav Nepal and Ace work together to plan volunteer programs that will bring in foreign volunteers and make use of their enthusiasm, time, and talents in a variety of projects.

Sustainability and Responsible Tourism

  • Of the few Travelife Partners in Nepal, Ace the Himalaya is one. We respect the procedures for sustainable tourism. Our excursions are socially and environmentally conscious, leaving the lowest possible impact in the Himalayas.
  • About 80% of Ace the Himalaya’s staff members are natives of the regions where our trips are organized. It is one of our sustainable and responsible efforts to help local communities, support small businesses, and promote regional culture and way of life.

Related Information

Embarking on the Everest Base Camp trek is an exciting and adventurous journey. To make the most of your experience, it’s essential to have some key information at your fingertips. In this section, we provide valuable insights to help you plan and prepare for the trek.

How high is Everest Base Camp?

The elevation of Everest base camp is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet), its serves as the launchpad for climbing the world’s highest peak, Mount Everest. However, the highest point reached on the Everest base camp trekking is Kalapatthar, situated at an altitude of 5,555 meters (18,225 feet).

From this vantage point you can enjoy the unobstructed view of the Mt. Everest and other surrounding peaks if the weather is clear. Its the perfect location to experience the breathtaking perspective of the Himalayas and Khumbu region.

Accommodation during Everest trek

During the 14 day Everest Base Camp Trek, you’ll have a total of 2 nights of accommodation at a hotel in Kathmandu and 11 nights at guesthouses in the trekking areas.

Alternatively, we also have Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek package , which includes upgraded accommodations and enhanced facilities both in Kathmandu and throughout the trekking journey.

Kathmandu accommodation for EBC trekking

Upon arrival in Kathmandu, you’ll be promptly transported to your designated hotel, a comfortable and well-maintained 3-star option in the heart of the tourist hub; Thamel area, like Hotel Thamel House, Gaju Suite, Hotel Jampa, etc.

Your stay includes twin-sharing/double accommodation with breakfast. All the rooms have private bathroom, TV, and ample storage for your luggage.

If you desire a more exclusive experience, you can upgrade to single occupancy or enhance your stay to a 4- or 5-star hotel at an additional charge.

Nearby, Thamel offers various restaurants, shops, and trekking gear stores for your convenience.

Attached/toilet bathroom facilities during the EBC trekking

During the trek, you’ll be staying in local teahouses/guesthouses, offering simple lodging and meals for travelers.

However, these places have improved facilities now, especially in some areas like Lukla, Phakding, and Namche where we offer you rooms with attached toilets/bathroom. Locals run these teahouses, serving Nepali meals like “Dal Bhat.”

While dining spaces are cozy, accommodation is basic, with twin-sharing rooms and the option to upgrade for single occupancy at an additional cost. Also, please note that comfort is modest in the mountains. However, there is a possibility of having fewer choices available during the off-season. For a closer look at the lodging and dining options along the Everest Base Camp Hike.

Permits for Everest Base Camp Trekking

For your Mount Everest Base Camp trekking adventure, you’ll need three types of permits: the Trekking Information Management System (TIMS) permit, the Sagarmatha National Park permit, and the Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card.

All these permits are already covered in our packages, as detailed in the Price Include section. For SAARC nationals, the permit costs are as follows: TIMS permit – NRS 600 per person, Sagarmatha National Park permit – NRS 1,500 per person, and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card – NRS 2,000 per person.

For foreign nationals, the permit costs are TIMS permit – NRS 2,000 per person, Sagarmatha National Park permit – NRS 3,000 per person, and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu rural municipality entrance card – NRS 2,000 per person.

How safe is it to embark on Everest Base Camp Trekking?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is generally considered safe for individuals who are in good health and eager to undertake the adventure. Ace the Himalaya has been organizing EBC treks since 2006 and has had a diverse range of participants , including families with children as young as 5 years old and individuals in their late 70s.

Based on our experiences, it’s important to note that high altitude presents a significant challenge during this trek, and altitude sickness can affect anyone, regardless of their physical fitness level.

It is difficult to predict altitude sickness which can strike at any time. When you’re in the mountains, mental preparedness is just as important as physical fitness . Choosing the right travel company and an experienced certified guide to support you on the journey can increase your chances of safely reaching Everest Base Camp.

Regarding the trekking trails to Everest Base Camp, given its elevation of 5,364 meters above sea level, it’s expected that you will need to ascend high hills to reach your destination. However, the trail has been designed to be accessible to individuals with good physical health and determination.

Having said that, at Ace the Himalaya safety is our top priority. To ensure that, our certified guides are equipped with oximeters and first aid training. We provide one guide for small groups of up to 8 people and an associate guide for larger groups above them.

Along with that we tag 1 Porters for every 2 clients which have weight limits of 30 kg or 15 kg for each client, and all our trekking staff are insured as well. Not only that, but we also offer 24/7 support and emphasize acclimatization to prevent altitude sickness. Besides that, proper gear and optional oxygen support are also available at an additional cost.

Similarly, it’s important to acknowledge that the real danger during the trek is the unpredictable natural calamities and disasters beyond anyone’s control. It is strongly recommended to obtain travel insurance before starting your journey .

How to prevent altitude sickness during EBC trek?

Altitude sickness poses a serious and potentially fatal risk, especially during the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. Prevention measures are crucial due to their unpredictability. Consulting medical experts beforehand for a physical exam and risk assessment is essential.

Avoiding substances like alcohol and tobacco, while limiting caffeine, aids in acclimatization. Whereas, adhering to safe altitude gain rules, maintaining hydration, and a carb-rich diet is a key factor while EBC trekking.

Likewise, gradual acclimatization through slow ascents and hiring experienced guides are highly recommended. Similarly, when you recognize symptoms like nausea and dizziness and descending to lower altitudes promptly is suggested.

For such cases carrying altitude sickness medications, a first aid kit, and testing local remedies are prudent precautions. Overall, while physically fit individuals are still susceptible, proactive steps can mitigate altitude sickness risks during Mount Everest Trekking. Navigate in detail the vital aspects through our blog about Altitude Sickness Prevention Tips for Trekking in Nepal.

What is the best time for Everest Base Camp Trekking?

Trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp is possible throughout the year, with each season offering distinct experiences. Spring (March-June) is vibrant with blooming flowers, mild temperatures (20°C/68°F), and clear skies, making it ideal.

The monsoon season (July-mid-September) brings heavy rain, particularly at lower elevations, but offers quieter trails and temperatures averaging 22°C (71.6°F). Autumn (end of September-November) is popular due to pleasant weather, clear views, and colorful landscapes.

Winter (December-February) provides solitude with cold temperatures (10°C/50°F), dropping to -20°C (-4°F) at higher altitudes. Proper gear is crucial for warmth.

Overall, spring and autumn stand out for their pleasant conditions, while the monsoon and winter offer unique experiences with challenges to overcome. For more information, you can read our blog about the best time for the Everest Base Camp trek .

Detail information about flying into Lukla

Lukla Airport, also called Tenzing Hillary Airport, is one of the world’s most dangerous airports at 2,840 meters high serving as the entry and exit point for Everest region treks via flight. However, there are some operational changes involving flights from Ramechhap/Manthali airport at times.

Lukla flight from Ramechhap/Manthali Airport

Ramechhap/Manthali Airport is in Nepal’s Terai region, about a 5 to 6-hour drive from Kathmandu from there you’ll have a 20-minute flight to Lukla. In peak months such as March, April, May, October, and November, Lukla flights are redirected to Ramechhap/Manthali (474 m) due to increased air traffic.

Lukla flight from Kathmandu airport

Similarly, in months like January, February, June, July, August, September, and December, Lukla flights originate from Kathmandu, which will take you about 35 minutes to reach Lukla. However, it is important to understand that the decision regarding the operation of Lukla flights is entirely up to the airlines and is influenced by the number of travelers each month.

Therefore, factors like unfavorable weather, airport congestion, runway issues, and geographical challenges often lead to flight delays or cancellations to Lukla.

To account for this, it’s recommended to add an extra day or two to your Everest Trekking plan. This buffer time can be valuable in case of flight disruptions, ensuring you catch your scheduled international flight back home.

Baggage allowances in Lukla Flight

Please remember that the maximum weight allowed for the Lukla flight is 15 kg (about 33 pounds), which includes both your duffel bag and daypack. If your daypack is heavier than this limit, you can pay an extra fee of USD 2 to USD 5 for each kilogram over the limit.

However, sometimes even with the extra payment, you might not be allowed to bring more weight. To avoid any issues, it’s best to stick to the 15 kg limit when packing.

Travel insurance for Everest Base Camp Trekking

Having travel insurance that covers high-altitude adventure activities (above 5,000 m) is mandatory. This includes contingencies like flight disruptions, accidents, and emergency evacuations.

You can buy such insurance online from various providers. Some of the common choices based on client experiences for Everest Base Camp Hike include:

  • USA and Canada: Tugo, United Health Care, World Nomad, Blue Cross
  • Australia and New Zealand: Fast Cover, Allianz Australia
  • Singapore: Ergo, World Nomad (Explore plan level 3)
  • Europe: Europe Assistance, Austrian Alpine Club, Allianz Europe
  • India: ICICI Lombard

However, please ensure that the policy covers trekking up to 6,000 m altitude. While these are just suggestions, the policies, and coverage may vary accordingly. Contact these insurers directly to inquire about their offerings before making a purchase.

Tipping tips for your Everest trekking

Tipping is customary for guides in Mount Everest Trekking, and it’s also a kind gesture for local restaurants, drivers, and porters. A good practice is to set aside around 10% of your total trek cost to tip the staff.

Typically, we suggest a minimum of 10% of the total trip cost, divided between the guide and the porter. For instance, if the trip price is $1,500, each customer could contribute $150, dividing it by a 60-40 ratio between the guide and porter.

This recommendation considers that many hospitality establishments already include a 10% service charge for their staff. However, the decision on the tipping amount is entirely at your discretion, whether it’s 10% or more or less.

Phone and Gadgets charging

In Everest Base Camp Hiking trail, they normally use renewable energy like solar power. If you need to charge your devices, certain guesthouses may charge a fee, usually around USD 1-5 per charge.

It’s advisable to bring two-pin (type C) and three-pin (type D) adapters. However, you can either bring these adapters or buy them in Kathmandu.

Trip Extensions

Upon completing your Himalaya Base Camp trek or before embarking on it, you can further discover Nepal’s beauty through various alternatives.

These include Trishuli River Rafting, Langtang Heli Sightseeing, Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara), Ultra-Light Flight, Kathmandu Day Tour, Bardia Jungle Safari, and Chitwan Jungle Safari.

These options unveil Nepal beyond its mountains. To delve into these captivating alternatives, explore our Extend Your Trip page.

Food options during EBC trekking

Teahouses on the Mt Everest Base Camp trekking route follow international guidelines for food preparation, ensuring clean and warm meals. Ingredients are often sourced locally, guaranteeing freshness.

The main food while trekking is ‘Daal Bhat’ – rice and lentils. Teahouses offer various options, from American breakfast to Nepali dishes. Breakfast includes items like bread, eggs, porridge, and more. Lunch and dinner feature Daal Bhat and other choices like fried rice, noodles, and soups.

Carrying protein bars and dried fruits for snacks is recommended, along with staying hydrated. Dive deeper into this culinary journey through our blog post Food on the Everest Base Camp Trek .

Can a beginner trek Everest Base Camp?

Certainly! At Ace the Himalaya, we believe that with the right support and guidance, a beginner can absolutely trek to the iconic Everest Base Camp.

Our team comprises seasoned guides who boast in-depth knowledge of the terrain and are well-trained in first aid, ensuring the safety and comfort of every trekker throughout the journey.

We highly recommend that beginners undergo comprehensive physical training and conditioning before setting off on this unforgettable adventure. This may involve engaging in cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and hiking to build endurance and stamina.

By dedicating time to this preparatory phase, beginners can enhance their overall fitness levels, making the trek a more enjoyable and rewarding experience.

With Ace, beginners can rest assured that they’ll receive the necessary guidance, support, and encouragement, enabling them to fully embrace the splendor of the Everest region while creating lasting memories of a lifetime.

Training program for Mount Everest Base Camp trekking

Proper preparation is key for a successful Everest Base Camp trekking, necessitating physical and mental readiness starting around two months in advance is highly recommended. Prioritize gradual progress, rest, and hydration to avoid strain.

Along with weekly uphill hikes, gym workouts, and diverse cardio activities to enhance stamina and endurance. Similarly, balanced nutrition with complex carbs and protein is required to support increased calories need. Incorporate stretching and yoga for flexibility and stability.

Therefore, mental preparation involves understanding challenges, setting realistic expectations, and practicing mindfulness. By blending these strategies, you’ll cultivate the necessary resilience for a triumphant and gratifying Mt Everest Base Camp journey.

Explore the detailed aspects of our recommended EBC trekking training programs in our carefully written How to prepare for Everest Base Camp Trek? blog.

Everest Base Camp Trekking Difficulty

The Mt Everest Base Camp trail is renowned yet challenging. The primary difficulties are altitude sickness and the trek’s length. Altitude sickness is unpredictable and affects anyone. Trekking entails 5 to 8 hours of daily walking, but with proper preparation and nutrition, you can manage well.

To succeed in trekking, train your body for high altitudes, walking on hilly terrain with a backpack. Additionally, plan to walk an hour, 4-5 times weekly, from 2 months prior to trekking. For more information, check out our blog How Difficult is Everest Base Camp Trek?

Nepal EBC trek cost

The cost of the Mount Everest trek varies based on one’s preferences and the duration of the trek. A Google search will show the prices ranging from $800 to $4,500.

Our standard itinerary at Ace the Himalaya offers the trek at $1,550. Similarly, factors affecting these costs are accommodation, transportation, permits, guides, and trek duration. However, please check the price inclusion section before making a purchase based solely on package cost.

14 Days Everest Base Camp Trek Cost for 2024 and 2025

Ace the Himalaya introduces the standard 14 day Everest Base Camp Trek at USD 1,550 per person. The following table outlines the cost of Everest Base Camp Trek for 2024 and 2025, considering different group sizes.

The cost for Everest Base Camp trek varies according to the specific needs and preferences of travelers. While researching the cost of this trek, one may encounter diverse price brackets contingent upon the travel agency and the range of services provided.

Please note that our prices might be higher than other local operators due to our commitment to ensuring attached toilets in Lukla, Phakding, and Namche for your convenience.

Kindly refer to the following details for the Everest base camp trek cost, structured based on group size.

For groups of 11 or more, kindly reach out to us via WhatsApp for special discounts and an additional complimentary trip for the lead traveler.

Beginners guide for Mt Everest Base Camp

The Mount Everest Trekking is accessible to beginners with enthusiasm and reasonable physical health. Similarly, mental preparedness is also equally crucial. Whereas guided EBC trekking with experienced leaders provides support and cultural insights.

Cardio and strength exercises, gradual altitude acclimatization, and proper gear are also essential to practice. And on the other hand, nutrition, hydration, and a positive mental attitude contribute to success.

Additionally, adequate rest and recovery, along with mindfulness techniques, enhance the overall experience. Remember, it’s not solely about physical fitness but also the right mindset that makes this high-altitude adventure achievable and enjoyable for beginners.

For more details information you can also go through our blog 25 Tips to Improve Your Everest Base Camp Trekking Experience .

Internet & Wi-Fi availability during EBC trek

Unlike other trekking trails in Nepal, the Everest trekking stands out for its well-developed facilities, including internet connectivity. In this region, there’s an Internet Service Provider called Airlink which offers internet packages.

The unlimited internet package from Air Link costs NPR 700 (6-7 USD) for a 24-hour duration and NPR 1200 (9-10 USD) for 48 hours. Air Link’s Wi-Fi is accessible in the majority of guest houses along the Everest Base Camp route.

It’s important to note that these packages are valid for a single device. While some teahouses provide Wi-Fi for a fee, it’s not always reliable or available everywhere. To ensure consistent connectivity during your trek, it’s advisable to purchase Everest Link or obtain a 3G/4G SIM card.

For more detailed insights, refer to the blog titled Wi-Fi and Internet Access During Everest Base Camp Trek .

Extra expenses for EBC trek

Regarding additional costs for the entire trip, a budget of approximately USD 100 to 150 excluding the tips, is generally considered adequate for purchasing snacks and beverages.

However, the exact amount of extra expenses can differ depending on individual spending preferences, as well as on choices related to buying souvenirs, post-trip alcoholic beverages and activities.

What is the trekking distance from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp?

The distance between Lukla Airport (Tenzing-Hillary Airport) and the Everest Base Camp is approximately 65 kilometers or 40 miles. The total distance of the Everest Base Camp trek is around 130 kilometers or 80 miles., typically completed within an 11-day timeframe.

These 11 days also include two acclimatization days, one in the bustling hub of Namche Bazaar and the other in the tranquil village of Dingboche, allowing your body to carefully adapt to the increasing altitude.

Which Base Camp Trek is Right for You: Everest or Annapurna?

Everest Base Camp boasts unparalleled views of the world’s highest peak, challenging trekkers at higher altitudes, while Annapurna Base Camp trek captivates with diverse landscapes in a shorter duration. For a detailed comparison, explore our blog on Everest vs Annapurna Base Camp Trek .

Similar Treks like Everest Base Camp

EBC Trek with Helicopter Return

EBC Trek with Helicopter Return

Everest Base Camp with Island Peak

Everest Base Camp with Island Peak

Annapurna Base Camp Trek

Annapurna Base Camp Trek

Speak to an expert.

Sujan

  • Availability

Make An Inquiry for

  • Full Name *
  • Nationality * Nationality Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
  • Phone Number *
  • Email Address *
  • Prove your humanity : 7 + four =
  • Phone This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Trekking in Nepal Creative Trip Designer

  • Comments This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Trekking in Nepal

Climbing and expedition, cultural tour and sightseeing, cycling and mountain biking, luxury treks, luxury tours, multi country tours, voluntourism trips, extend your trip.

  • Everest Base Camp Heli Trek – 8 Days
  • Everest Panorama Trek – 9 Days
  • EBC Trek with Helicopter Return – 12 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
  • Gokyo Lake Trek – 13 Days
  • Gokyo and Renjo La Pass Trek – 14 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Trek without Lukla Flight – 17 Days
  • Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek – 17 Days
  • Everest Base Camp with Island Peak – 19 Days
  • Everest Three Passes Trek – 20 Days
  • Everest High Passes and Island Peak – 23 Days
  • Classical Everest Base Camp Trek – 21 Days
  • Langtang Valley Trek – 10 Days
  • Langtang Valley Ganja La Pass Trek – 14 Days
  • Langtang Helambu Trek – 17 Days
  • Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek – 9 Days
  • Mardi Himal Trek – 10 Days
  • Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 13 Days
  • Himalayan Highlights – 13 Days
  • Nar Phu Valley Trek with Annapurna Circuit – 18 Days
  • Annapurna Circuit Trek – 19 Days
  • Tilicho Lake Trek With Thorong La Pass – 19 Days
  • Khopra Danda Trek – 11 Days
  • Shivapuri-Chisapani Trek – 4 Days
  • Upper Mustang Trek (Drive & Trek) – 16 Days
  • Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
  • Manaslu Circuit Trek – 15 Days
  • Dhaulagiri Circuit Trek – 21 Days
  • Upper Dolpo Trek – 25 Days
  • Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek – 29 Days
  • Yala Peak Climbing – 13 Days
  • Island Peak Climbing – 15 Days
  • Mera Peak Climbing – 19 Days
  • Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East – 18 Days
  • Tent Peak Climbing with Annapurna Base Camp – 18 Days
  • Pisang Peak and Thorung La Pass – 21 Days
  • Ama Dablam Expedition – 29 Days
  • Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tour – 3 Days
  • Kathmandu Heritage – 3 Days
  • Inheritances of Kathmandu – 4 Days
  • Glimpses of Kathmandu & Nagarkot – 5 Days
  • Kathmandu and Pokhara Unveiled – 5 Days
  • Explore Kathmandu – 6 Days
  • Glimpse of Nepal – 8 Days
  • Nepal Heritage Tour – 10 Days
  • Nepal Adventure Tour – 11 Days
  • Nepal Multi Sports Adventure – 11 Days
  • Nepal Vista – 10 Days
  • Nepal Highlights – 14 Days
  • Experience Nepal – 15 Days
  • One Day Biking Trip – Kathmandu – 1 Day
  • Annapurna Circuit Biking – 14 Days
  • Upper Mustang Biking – 16 Days
  • Kathmandu Valley Rim Biking – 8 Days
  • Annapurna in Luxury – 9 Days
  • VVIP Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
  • Everest View Luxury Trek – 11 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek – 14 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Deluxe Trek – 16 Days
  • Mt Everest Base Camp to Gokyo Trek – 19 Days
  • Kathmandu Luxury Tour – 3 Days
  • Kathmandu and Pokhara Luxury Tour – 5 Days
  • Nepal Multi Sport Luxury Adventure – 11 Days
  • Best of Nepal – 14 Days
  • Trishuli River Rafting – 1 Day
  • Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour – 1 Day
  • Everest Base Camp Heli Tour with Gokyo Extension – 1 Day
  • Langtang Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
  • Pokhara and Annapurna Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
  • Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara) – 1 Day
  • Scenic Mountain Flight (Everest Flight) – 1 Day
  • Ultra Light Flight – 1 Day
  • Jamacho Day Hike-One day hiking trip – 1 Day
  • Kathmandu Uncovered with Nagarkot – 1 Day
  • Day Tour to UNESCO Heritage Sites – 1 Day
  • Nepal and Tibet – 15 Days
  • Nepal and Bhutan – 15 Days
  • India, Nepal and Bhutan – 19 Days
  • Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan – 20 Days
  • Arupokhari School Volunteer Program – 14 Days
  • Rebuild Home Volunteer Program – 9 Days
  • Bardiya Jungle Safari – 4 Days
  • Chitwan Jungle Safari – 3 Days

Trekking in Bhutan

Festival tours, motorcycling.

  • Druk Path Trek – 8 Days
  • Chomalhari Trek – 12 Days
  • Laya Ghasa Trek – 18 Days
  • Bhutan Vistas Tour – 5 Days
  • Cultural Heartland Tour – 10 Days
  • Hidden Valley – 11 Days
  • Bhutan Multi Sports Tour – 11 Days
  • Paro Tshechu Festival – 8 Days
  • Punakha Tsechu – 9 Days
  • Trongsa Lhuntse Tshechu – 9 Days
  • Bumthang Tangbi – 11 Days
  • Bhutan Ura Yakchoe – 12 Days
  • Tamshingphala Choepa – 12 Days
  • Mongar and Trashigang – 16 Days
  • Bhutan Biking – 8 Days
  • Bhutan Motorcycle Tour – 12 Days

Trekking in Tibet

  • Tibet Advance Everest Base Camp – 21 Days
  • Cho Oyu Expedition – 45 Days
  • Shishapangma Expedition – 47 Days
  • Everest Expedition via North Side – 63 Days
  • Kathmandu and Lhasa Tour – 7 Days
  • Tibet Heritage Tour – 8 Days
  • Overland Tour to Everest Base Camp – 10 Days
  • Mount Kailash Mansarovar Lake Tour – 15 Days
  • Everest Base Camp Biking Tour – 21 Days

trips to everest base camp

Want to climb to the top of the world? Here’s how long it takes to climb Mount Everest

T he prospect of standing on top of the world has lured thousands of mountain climbers to Mount Everest since the first successful attempt by Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay 70 years ago. Commercial expeditions began in the 1990s, and since then — not counting the 2015 season disrupted by the catastrophic earthquake or the recent Covid-affected seasons — the number of climbers has increased dramatically.

Climbing Mount Everest may be popular, but the difficulty of reaching the highest point on earth should not be underplayed. Ignoring the hefty price tag associated with an Everest expedition, there’s the sheer physical exertion of climbing to that altitude. Unless you plan to recreate Killian Jornet’s feat of summiting twice in one week without supplementary oxygen — don’t try this — then you’ll need to set aside serious time for your ascent to the top of the world. So exactly, how long does it take to climb Mount Everest?

Mount Everest climbing timeline

Everest base camp and acclimatization: 17,598 feet, 4 to 5 weeks.

Once you land in Katmandhu, the clock starts. You’ll probably want to spend at least a week in Nepal’s capital gathering all the gear you need  and organizing paperwork and permits to allow you to summit Everest. Katmandhu’s tourist hotspot is Thamel, where you’ll find many tour operators and gear stores, as well as bars, restaurants, cafes, temples, and plenty more to keep you busy while you wait for your permits to be rubber-stamped.

Once your paperwork is in place, it’s back on a plane to fly to Lukla, where your journey up Mount Everest begins. It can take 8 to 12 days to climb to Everest Base Camp, where you’ll have to spend several weeks acclimatizing to the altitude. In this period, most aspirant mountain climbers will summit several peaks around Everest, pushing their physical abilities and getting their bodies accustomed to life with reduced oxygen .

Summiting Mount Everest: 29,032 feet, 2 to 3 weeks

The push to the summit happens in a series of ascents to further camps set up on the mountain. For two to three weeks after leaving Everest Base Camp, you will work through the Khumbu Icefall to Camp One (19,685 feet), then onto Camp Two (20,997 feet) after the Western Cwm. After Camp Two, climbers begin their ascent of the Lhotse Face to Camp 3 (23,662 feet) and finally to Camp 4 (26,082 feet) over the Geneva Spur.

Camp 4 is right below the so-called “Death Zone” on Mount Everest, an ominous name for the elevation at which humans don’t have enough oxygen to keep going. At this point, supplementary oxygen is a must-have for all but the uncommonly elite. The push from Camp 4 to the summit is one of the most physically and technically demanding sections of climbing Mount Everest and typically takes anywhere from 10 to 20 hours — some of this will depend on the queue at the summit.

From the summit of Mount Everest, you’ll need around a week to descend back to Base Camp before heading back to Lukla and flying back to Katmandhu for a well-earned rest. All told, it usually takes two to three months for capable mountaineers with their team of sherpas to guide you to the top of the world.

Pre-preparation is vital

While the timeline for an actual Mount Everest expedition is around 2 to 3 months, as outlined above, a far larger time commitment is involved. Training for a climb to the top of the world is a big commitment, and it takes close to a year of Everest-specific training to get ready to go.

According to Climbing the Seven Summits ( CTSS ), a mountain guiding, expedition, and guiding service, climbers considering Mount Everest need to be advanced climbers with previous experience at high altitudes. CTSS recommends starting a training program focused exclusively on getting to the top of Mount Everest for at least 9 months (or up to a year), 5 to 6 days per week, before leaving for the mountain. In addition, climbers should be able to hike 1,500 vertical feet per hour with a pack weighing 20 pounds.

The post Want to climb to the top of the world? Here’s how long it takes to climb Mount Everest appeared first on The Manual .

Want to climb to the top of the world? Here’s how long it takes to climb Mount Everest

Neatorama

A Drone's Eye View of the Mount Everest Route

This video from the DJI drone company lets you climb Mount Everest from the comfort of your living room, without paying the $100K or so cost that climbers incur and with no danger of dying. And it only takes four minutes! The trip begins at the Khumbu Icefall just above Base Camp. The drone follows the South Col route, which is a bit tamer than the North Col. Now, the drone didn't do this in one trip, rather, many segments were stitched together. There are still limits on what drones can do in extreme cold. The latter part of the trip is a little disappointing because the drone camera focused on the ground instead of the peak, but it's still an epic journey. DJI is involved in a pilot program, no pun intended, to use drones to remove garbage from the upper parts of Everest. The specs of the drone used in this video are posted at the YouTube page .  -via Metafilter

Comments ( 1 ) document.write('Comments ( 1 )');

Commenting on Neatorama will earn you NeatoPoints !

This reply comment will earn you 100 100 NeatoPoints !

Hello! You need to sign in to comment. Please be courteous; see our Comment Policy .

NeatoShop

Check out NeatoShop's large selection of T-shirts Science T-Shirts | Sci-Fi T-Shirts | Fantasy T-Shirts Funny T-Shirts | Horror T-Shirts | Video Game T-Shirts

Shirts available in sizes S to 10XL: 6XL T-Shirts | 7XL T-Shirts | 8XL T-Shirts 9XL T-Shirts | 10XL T-Shirts Big & Tall and Curvy Tees are our specialties! Customization and personalization available.

Specialty T-Shirts : Anime Big & Tall T-Shirts (3XL to 10XL)

Check out these new sites: Homes & Hues - Home design, decor and gadgets Infinite1UP - Video Games Laughosaurus - Humor & Amazing Videos Pictojam - Science & Tech Pop Culturista - Pop Culture Supa Fluffy - Cute Animals & Pets

[verification code]

Success! Your email has been sent!

This website uses cookies.

This website uses cookies to improve user experience. By using this website you consent to all cookies in accordance with our Privacy Policy.

  • For an Everest Base Camp trek, pack sturdy, insulated hiking boots, and layered clothing to adapt to changing temperatures.
  • Don't forget a high-quality sleeping bag for cold nights and a water bottle with purification tablets for hydration.
  • Lastly, protect yourself from intense UV rays with sunglasses, sunscreen, lip balm, and a hat.

Essential packing list for Everest Base Camp trek

Essential packing list for Everest Base Camp trek

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a journey that takes you through the heart of the Himalayas , offering breathtaking views and a unique cultural experience. This trek is not just about reaching a destination; it's about embracing the challenges and beauty of nature along the way. Preparing adequately is crucial to enjoy and complete this adventure successfully.

Durable hiking boots

A pair of high-quality, durable hiking boots is non-negotiable for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Your boots should be well broken in to prevent blisters and offer good ankle support. The terrain varies from rocky paths to glacier crossings, so waterproof and insulated boots are recommended to keep your feet dry and warm throughout the trek.

Layered clothing system

The Himalayas' weather shifts from warm days to freezing nights, necessitating a layered clothing system. Start with moisture-wicking base layers for dryness. Add insulating mid-layers like fleece or down jackets for warmth. Finish with a waterproof and windproof outer layer for protection. This adaptable approach is crucial for managing the unpredictable temperature changes encountered during the trek.

High-quality sleeping bag

Although teahouses offer beds, carrying a high-quality sleeping bag rated for at least minus 10 degrees Celsius is crucial for warmth during cold nights. Additionally, a sleeping bag liner provides extra warmth on particularly chilly nights and keeps your sleeping bag clean. This setup is essential for comfort and warmth throughout the trek's cold Himalayan nights, making it an indispensable part of your gear.

Hydration solutions

At high altitudes, staying hydrated is crucial to avoid altitude sickness. Carry a durable water bottle or hydration bladder that can hold at least two liters. Clean drinking water may be scarce in some trek areas. Thus, bringing water purification tablets or a portable water filter is advisable to ensure access to safe drinking water throughout the journey.

Sun protection gear

At high altitudes, UV rays are much stronger, making sun protection crucial. Include sunglasses with UV protection, broad-spectrum sunscreen with an SPF of 50 or higher, lip balm with sunblock, and a wide-brimmed hat or cap. These items are essential for protecting your skin and eyes from severe sunburns in such environments, ensuring your comfort and safety during the unforgettable journey through the Himalayas.

IMAGES

  1. Everything You Need To Know About Everest Base Camp Trek

    trips to everest base camp

  2. Everest Base Camp Trek

    trips to everest base camp

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek 14 Days Itinerary With Cost Breakdown

    trips to everest base camp

  4. You can now go glamping at lush Mt. Everest base camps

    trips to everest base camp

  5. Everest Base Camp trekking is basically around a year trekking trip

    trips to everest base camp

  6. The Base Camp of Mt Everest

    trips to everest base camp

VIDEO

  1. Jumping into Everest!

  2. H.H. Part 8

  3. Full Video of MT. Everest Base Camp Trekking October 2023

  4. Everest Base Camp and Kalapattar Trekking

  5. Sustainable Tourism on Mount Everest

  6. 🇳🇵Mt. Everest Base camp hike (acclimate at Syangboche); #jowanderingpractitioner; #jocastanares

COMMENTS

  1. 10 Best Everest Base Camp Tours & Trips 2024/2025

    Everest Base Camp Trek and Fly back by Helicopter. 5.0 (21 traveler reviews) "The helicopter ride provided stunning views of the Himalayas, and the trek itself was challenging but rewarding." Sidney, traveled in March 2023. Destinations. Kathmandu, Lukla, Phakding, Namche Bazar, Khumjung, +5 more. Age Range. 1 to 80 year olds.

  2. Everest Base Camp treks & tours

    Epic Everest Base Camp Trek. Matthew · Traveled May 2024. Incredible trip, the trek was amazing and intrepid did a great job taking care of everything. Raj was an amazing leader and made sure everyone made it to base camp. The facilities at up near the top aren't great and some parts of the trek are tough, but it's absolutely worth it.

  3. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Our 16-day Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary is designed for beginner trekkers who are in good health and have average physical fitness. It covers ample distance between daily itineraries, includes a steady gain in altitude, and incorporates separate rest days to ensure proper acclimatization. By walking at a steady pace with proper ...

  4. How to trek to Everest Base Camp

    The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases.

  5. Everest Base Camp Trek

    For a complete cent-by-cent cost breakdown of our trek to Everest Base Camp in 2020. Cost of trekking to EBC in different ways in a nutshell: Package tour EBC trek with international agency $1700. Package tour EBC trek with local agency $1600. Independent EBC trek with a guide and porter $1370.

  6. Everest Base Camp Trekking Tour

    This trip is Level 6, Very Strenuous. A trek to the base of Everest is one of the world's great adventures, but also very physically demanding. Most hiking is between 10,000 and 16,000 feet, and the maximum elevation reached is 17,000 feet with optional day hikes up to 18,365 feet. Review Trip Level Details.

  7. Epic Everest Base Camp Trek

    This trip gives you the chance to do Everest with like-minded travellers your own age. It's not (just) about the mountains on this Everest Base Camp trip - you'll hike past everything from alpine lakes and glacial plains to frothy rivers and valleys covered in pink blossoms. Hike with an experienced and passionate English-speaking local ...

  8. Ultimate Insider's Guide to Everest Base Camp

    Jiri to Everest Base Camp. This old-school route mirrors the route taken by the first Everest summiteers in the 1950's, starting with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri instead of flying into Lukla. From Jiri, you'll pass through the towns of Sete, Junbesi and Numtala in the Solu Khumbu region.

  9. Adventure Consultants

    DAY 10. Rest day in Louche, morning hike. DAY 11. Trek to Everest Base Camp, overnight at AC Everest Base Camp 5,300m/17,400ft. DAY 12. Base Camp to Gorak Shep Camp in the afternoon 5,165m/16,950ft. DAY 13. Gorak Shep Camp to Kala Patar 5,550m/18,209ft, descend to Pheriche or Dingboche. DAY 14.

  10. Best Everest Base Camp trek itinerary (12 days)

    The typical Everest Base Camp itinerary is as follows: Day 1: Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla; trek to Phakding. Day 2: Phakding to Namche Bazar. Day 3: Acclimatization day in Namche Bazar. Day 4: Namche Bazar to Tengbouche. Day 5: Tengbouche to Dingboche. Day 6: Acclimatization day in Dingboche. Day 7: Dingboche to Lobuche.

  11. Everest Base Camp trek adventures

    4-9. Adventure: Trek. Dates & Prices. Propose Date. Challenge yourself to trek to the world's most famous base camp! You'll stay in traditional Sherpa villages and walk among the mountain gods. There are variations to the classic route that you can take, including flying home in a helicopter. Whichever route you choose, the terrain and high ...

  12. Everest base camp trek tips: 28 things to know before you go

    The Everest base camp trek can be booked through Magical Nepal, a Kathmandu-based trekking specialist with a wealth of experience in the region. Prices start from around USD $1,459 for a round trip from Kathmandu and include the following: Local transfers for international flights (arrival/departure)

  13. The Everest Base Camp Trek: The Complete Guide

    Phone +1 682-558-3926. Web Visit website. Trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Sagarmatha National Park is the adventure of a lifetime. Although actually climbing Mount Everest is out of reach for many of us, anyone with enough grit and good enough fitness can reach EBC and the Khumbu Icefall, the starting point for climbing Mount Everest.

  14. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Everest Base Camp trip highlights & costs. The joy is in the journey here, as you trek further up to gaze from the roof of the world. Some of the best sightings of the famous Everest arguably come during the Everest Base Camp Trek itself, from various lookout points along the way. ... Day 11: Everest Base Camp to Pheriche (14,340 ft / 4,371 m ...

  15. The ULTIMATE Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary [2024]

    Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) - Lukla (2 860m) - Phakding (2 610m). Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km. Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections. Highlight: Flight into Lukla. Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla.

  16. 10 Best Everest Base Camp Treks and Hikes

    Option 2: Another option is the Gokyo Trek, which takes 12 days to complete and offers views of Everest and nearby peaks, Gokyo Lake, and the longest glacier in Nepal - Ngozumpa Glacier. You also have the option to combine the Everest Base Camp Trek with the Gokyo Trek for a 15-day trip. Option 3: A third alternative is the combined Everest ...

  17. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Trips around EBC Trek. Everest Base Camp is arguably one of the most fabulous trips in the Himalayas of Nepal. However, exploring the majestic Khumbu Valley and other nearby trekking locations is not the only option. Thus, the Everest region offers a variety of treks that cater to travellers' needs. Everest View Trek, Tengboche Monastery Trek ...

  18. Everest Base Camp Trek

    Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the finest treks in the world that centers on the world's highest peak Mt. Everest (29,029 ft/ 8,848.68m). This trek will provide you with a natural thrill as it takes you through breathtaking high-altitude landscapes, esoteric Buddhist monasteries, traditional Sherpa villages, high-altitude flora and fauna, and snow-capped mountains.

  19. Everest Base Camp Trek

    The elevation of Everest base camp is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet), its serves as the launchpad for climbing the world's highest peak, Mount Everest. However, the highest point reached on the Everest base camp trekking is Kalapatthar, situated at an altitude of 5,555 meters (18,225 feet).

  20. 2024 (Kathmandu) Everest Base Camp Trek 12 days

    This 12-day Everest Base Camp Trek is perfect option for trekkers who are pressed for time and are looking forward to almost similar amenities under the cost inclusion section as the 16-day trek. Everest Base Camp Trek offers you a chance to view world's highest peak up-close. It is no doubt this trekking demands determination to trek but end ...

  21. Want to climb to the top of the world? Here's how long it takes to

    For two to three weeks after leaving Everest Base Camp, you will work through the Khumbu Icefall to Camp One (19,685 feet), then onto Camp Two (20,997 feet) after the Western Cwm. After Camp Two ...

  22. A Drone's Eye View of the Mount Everest Route

    This video from the DJI drone company lets you climb Mount Everest from the comfort of your living room, without paying the $100K or so cost that climbers incur and with no danger of dying. And it only takes four minutes!The trip begins at the Khumbu Icefall just above Base Camp. The drone follows the South Col route, which is a bit tamer than the North Col.

  23. Essential packing list for Everest Base Camp trek

    The Everest Base Camp Trek is a journey that takes you through the heart of the Himalayas, offering breathtaking views and a unique cultural experience. ... Travel And Tourism.